Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedure for Residential Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps, 31224-31271 [2010-12271]
Download as PDF
31224
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Part 430
[Docket No. EERE–2009–BT–TP–0004]
RIN 1904–AB94
Energy Conservation Program for
Consumer Products: Test Procedure
for Residential Central Air
Conditioners and Heat Pumps
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
and public meeting.
SUMMARY: The U.S. Department of
Energy (DOE) proposes amendments to
its test procedure for residential central
air conditioners and heat pumps. The
proposed amendments would add
requirements for the calculation of
sensible heat ratio, incorporate a
method to evaluate off mode power
consumption, and add parameters for
establishing regional measures of energy
efficiency. DOE will hold a public
meeting to receive and discuss
comments on the proposal.
DATES: DOE will hold a public meeting
in Washington, DC on Friday, June 11,
2010 from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. The purpose
of the meeting is to receive comments
and to help DOE understand potential
issues associated with this proposed
rulemaking. DOE must receive requests
to speak at the meeting before 4 p.m.
Friday, June 4, 2010. DOE must receive
a signed original and an electronic copy
of statements to be given at the public
meeting before 4 p.m. Friday, June 4,
2010.
DOE will accept comments, data, and
other information regarding this notice
of proposed rulemaking (NOPR) before
or after the public meeting, but no later
than August 16, 2010. See section V.,
‘‘Public Participation,’’ of this NOPR for
details.
ADDRESSES: The public meeting will be
held at the U.S. Department of Energy,
Forrestal Building, Room 8E–089. You
may submit comments, identified by
docket number EERE–2009–BT–TP–
0004 and/or Regulation Identifier
Number (RIN) 1904–AB94, by any of the
following methods:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal https://
www.regulations.gov.: Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
• E-mail: RCAC-HP-2009-TP0004@ee.doe.gov. Include the docket
number EERE–2009–BT–TP–0004 and/
or RIN number 1904–AB94 in the
subject line of the message.
• Postal Mail: Ms. Brenda Edwards,
U.S. Department of Energy, Building
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
Technologies Program, Mailstop EE–2J,
1000 Independence Avenue, SW.,
Washington, DC 20585–0121. Please
submit one signed paper original.
• Hand Delivery/Courier: Ms. Brenda
Edwards, U.S. Department of Energy,
Building Technologies Program, 6th
Floor, 950 L’Enfant Plaza, SW.,
Washington, DC 20024. Telephone:
(202) 586–2945. Please submit one
signed paper original.
Instructions: All submissions must
include the agency name and docket
number or RIN for this rulemaking. For
detailed instructions on submitting
comments and additional information
on the rulemaking process, see section
V., ‘‘Public Participation,’’ of this
document.
Docket: For access to the docket to
read background documents or
comments received, visit the U.S.
Department of Energy, 6th Floor, 950
L’Enfant Plaza, SW., Washington, DC
20024, (202) 586–2945, between 9 a.m.
and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday,
except Federal holidays. Please call Ms.
Brenda Edwards at (202) 586–2945 for
additional information regarding
visiting the Resource Room. Please note:
DOE’s Freedom of Information Reading
Room (Forrestal Building, Room 1E–
190) no longer houses rulemaking
materials.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr.
Wes Anderson, U.S. Department of
Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy, Building
Technologies Program, EE–2J, 1000
Independence Avenue, SW.,
Washington, DC 20585–0121.
Telephone: (202) 586–7335. E-mail:
Wes.Anderson@ee.doe.gov.
Ms. Francine Pinto, U.S. Department
of Energy, Office of the General Counsel,
GC–71, 1000 Independence Avenue,
SW., Washington, DC 20585. Telephone:
(202) 586–7432. E-mail: Francine.Pinto
@hq.doe.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Authority and Background
A. Authority
B. Background
II. Summary of the Proposed Rule
III. Discussion
A. Framework Comment Summary and
DOE Responses
1. Test Procedure Schedule
2. Bench Testing of Third-Party Coils
3. Defaults for Fan Power
4. Changes to External Static Pressure
Values
5. Fan Time Delay Relays
6. Inverter-Driven Compressors
7. Addition of Calculation for Sensible
Heat Ratio
8. Regional Rating Procedure
9. Address Testing Inconsistencies for
Ductless Mini- and Multi-Splits
10. Standby Power Consumption and
Measurement
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
B. Summary of the Test Procedure
Revisions
1. Modify the Definition of ‘‘Tested
Combination’’ for Residential Multi-Split
Systems
2. Add Alternative Minimum External
Static Pressure Requirements for Testing
Ducted Multi-Split Systems
3. Clarify That Optional Tests May Be
Conducted Without Forfeiting Use of the
Default Value(s)
4. Allow a Wider Tolerance on Air Volume
Rate To Yield More Repeatable
Laboratory Setups
5. Change the Magnitude of the Test
Operating Tolerance Specified for the
External Resistance to Airflow and the
Nozzle Pressure Drop
6. Modify Third-Party Testing
Requirements When Charging the Test
Unit
7. Clarify Unit Testing Installation
Instruction and Address Manufacturer
and
Third-Party Testing Laboratory
Interactions
8. When Determining the Cyclic
Degradation Coefficient CD, Correct the
Indoor-Side Temperature Sensors Used
During the Cyclic Test To Align With the
Temperature Sensors Used During the
Companion Steady-State Test, If
Applicable
9. Clarify Inputs for the Demand Defrost
Credit Equation
10. Add Calculations for Sensible Heat
Ratio
11. Incorporate Changes To Cover Testing
and Rating of Ducted Systems Having
More Than One Indoor Blower
12. Add Changes To Cover Triple-Capacity,
Northern Heat Pumps
13. Specify Requirements for the LowVoltage Transformer Used When Testing
Only Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
and Require Metering of All Sources of
Energy Consumption During All Tests
14. Add Testing Procedures and
Calculations for Off Mode Energy
Consumption
15. Add Parameters for Establishing
Regional Standards
a. Use a Bin Method for Single-Speed SEER
Calculations for the Hot-Dry Region and
National Rating
b. Add New Hot-Dry Region Bin Data
c. Add Optional Testing at the A and B
Test Conditions With the Unit in a HotDry Region Setup
d. Add a New Equation for Building Load
Line in the Hot-Dry Region
16. Add References to ASHRAE 116–1995
(RA 2005) for Equations That Calculate
SEER and HSPF for Variable Speed
Systems
17. Update Test Procedure References to
the Current Standards of AHRI and
ASHRAE
IV. Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
B. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act
C. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility
Act
D. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction
Act
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
E. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995
F. Review Under the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 1999
G. Review Under Executive Order 13132
H. Review Under Executive Order 12988
I. Review Under the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 2001
J. Review Under Executive Order 13211
K. Review Under Executive Order 12630
L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal
Energy Administration (FEA) Act of 1974
V. Public Participation
A. Attendance at Public Meeting
B. Procedure for Submitting Requests To
Speak
C. Conduct of Public Meeting
D. Submission of Comments
E. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment
VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
I. Authority and Background
A. Authority
Title III of the Energy Policy and
Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6291 et
seq.; EPCA or the Act) sets forth a
variety of provisions designed to
improve energy efficiency. Part A of
Title III (42 U.S.C. 6291–6309)
establishes the ‘‘Energy Conservation
Program for Consumer Products Other
Than Automobiles.’’ (This part was
originally titled Part B; however, it was
redesignated Part A in the United States
Code for editorial reasons.) The program
covers consumer products and certain
commercial products (collectively
‘‘covered products’’), including
residential central air conditioners and
heat pumps having rated cooling
capacities less than 65,000 British
thermal units/hour (Btu/h). (42 U.S.C.
6291(1)–(2), (21) and 6292(a)(3))
Under the Act, the overall program
consists of testing, labeling, and Federal
energy conservation standards.
Manufacturers of covered products must
use the test procedures prescribed under
EPCA to measure energy efficiency, to
certify to DOE that products comply
with EPCA’s energy conservation
standards, and for representing the
energy efficiency of their products.
Similarly, DOE must use these test
procedures when determining whether
the equipment complies with energy
conservation standards adopted
pursuant to EPCA.
Section 323 of EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6293)
sets forth generally applicable criteria
and procedures for DOE’s adoption and
amendment of such test procedures. For
example, the Act states that ‘‘[a]ny test
procedures prescribed or amended
under this section shall be reasonably
designed to produce test results which
measure energy efficiency, energy use
* * * or estimated annual operating
cost of a covered product during a
representative average use cycle or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
period of use, as determined by the
Secretary [of Energy], and shall not be
unduly burdensome to conduct.’’ (42
U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)) DOE’s existing test
procedures for central air conditioners
and heat pumps adopted pursuant to
these provisions appear under Title 10
of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
part 430, subpart B, appendix M
(‘‘Uniform Test Method for Measuring
the Energy Consumption of Central Air
Conditioners and Heat Pumps’’).
Further, if any rulemaking amends a
test procedure, DOE must determine ‘‘to
what extent, if any, the proposed test
procedure would alter the measured
energy efficiency * * * of any covered
product as determined under the
existing test procedure.’’ (42 U.S.C.
6293(e)(1)) If it determines that the
amended test procedure would alter the
measured efficiency of a covered
product, DOE must amend the
applicable energy conservation standard
accordingly. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(2)) The
amendments proposed in today’s
rulemaking will not alter the measured
efficiency, as represented in the
regulating metrics of SEER and HSPF.
Thus, today’s proposed test procedure
changes can be adopted without
amending the standards for SEER and
HSPF.
On December 19, 2007, the President
signed the Energy Independence and
Security Act of 2007 (EISA 2007; Pub.
L. 110–140), which contains numerous
amendments to EPCA. Section 310 of
EISA 2007 established that the
Department’s test procedures for all
covered products must account for
standby and off mode energy
consumption. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(A))
DOE must modify the test procedures to
integrate such energy consumption into
the energy descriptor(s) for each
product, unless the Secretary
determines that ‘‘(i) the current test
procedures for a covered product
already fully account for and
incorporate the standby mode and off
mode energy consumption of the
covered product; or (ii) such an
integrated test procedure is technically
infeasible * * * in which case the
Secretary shall prescribe a separate
standby mode and off mode energy use
test for the covered product, if
technically feasible. (42 U.S.C. 6295
(gg)(2)(A)) In addition, section 306(a) of
EISA 2007 amended EPCA section
325(o)(6) to consider one or two regional
standards for central air conditioners
and heat pumps (among other products)
in addition to a base national standard.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(6)(B)) EPCA
325(o)(6)(C)(i) requires that DOE
consider only regions made up of
contiguous States. (42 U.S.C.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31225
6295(o)(6)(C)(i)) Accordingly, today’s
proposed test procedure rulemaking
includes additions that specifically
address sections 306 and 310 of EISA
2007.
B. Background
Most portions of the existing test
procedure for central air conditioners
and heat pumps were originally
published as a final rule in the Federal
Register on December 27, 1979. 44 FR
76700. DOE modified the test procedure
on March 14, 1988, to expand coverage
to variable-speed central air
conditioners and heat pumps, to address
testing of split non-ducted units, and to
change the method for crediting heat
pumps that provide a demand defrost
capability. 53 FR 8304.
The next revision of the central air
conditioners and heat pumps test
procedure was published as a final rule
on October 11, 2005, and became
effective on April 10, 2006. 70 FR
59122. The October 2005 final rule
provided a much needed updating to
reference current standards, adopted
improved measurement capabilities,
and presented more detail on how to
conduct the laboratory testing. The 2005
final rule also expanded coverage for
equipment features previously not
covered (e.g., two-capacity northern
heat pumps, heat comfort controllers,
triple-split systems, etc.). During this
revision process, the test procedure was
significantly reorganized in an effort to
improve its readability.
On July 20, 2006, DOE published a
proposed rule to consider additional
changes to the test procedure in
response to issues interested parties
submitted before the October 2005
publication of the final rule. 71 FR
41320. DOE determined that it was
appropriate to consider additional
modifications to the test procedure for
the following reasons: (1) To implement
test procedure revisions for new energy
conservation standards for
small-duct, high-velocity (SDHV)
systems; (2) to address test procedure
waivers for multi-split systems; and (3)
to address interested parties’ concerns
about sampling and rating after new
energy conservation standards became
effective on January 23, 2006. (10 CFR
432.32(c)(2)) DOE issued a final rule
adopting relevant amendments to the
central air conditioner and heat pump
test procedures on October 22, 2007,
which became effective on April 21,
2008. 72 FR 59906. This latter final rule
was published before EISA’s
implementation on December 19, 2007;
therefore, the test procedures did not
incorporate the requirements in sections
306 and 310 of EISA 2007.
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
31226
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
While making changes necessary to
comply with the amendments in EISA
2007, DOE is considering additional
changes to the test procedure that were
identified after finalizing the prior
rulemaking.
II. Summary of the Proposed Rule
DOE proposes amendments to its test
procedure for residential central air
conditioners and heat pumps. The
amendments would add calculations for
determination of sensible heat ratio
(SHR), would incorporate a method to
evaluate off mode power consumption,
and would add parameters for
establishing regional measures of energy
efficiency.
In addition to statutory requirements
for amended test procedures, EISA 2007
has three separate provisions regarding
the inclusion of standby mode and off
mode energy use in any energy
conservation standard that have bearing
on the current test procedure
rulemaking. First, test procedure
amendments to include standby mode
and off mode energy consumption shall
not be used to determine compliance
with standards established prior to the
adoption of such test procedure
amendments. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(C))
Second, standby mode and off mode
energy use must be included into a
single amended or new standard for a
covered product adopted in a final rule
after July 1, 2010. Finally, a separate
standard for standby mode and off mode
energy consumption is required if a
single amended or new standard is not
feasible. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)(B))
In order to accommodate the abovementioned first provision, DOE clarifies
that today’s proposed amended test
procedure would not alter the measure
of energy efficiency used in existing
energy conservation standards;
therefore, this proposal would neither
affect a manufacturer’s ability to
demonstrate compliance with
previously established standards nor
require retesting and rerating of existing
units that are already certified. These
amended test procedures would become
effective, in terms of adoption into the
CFR, 30 days after the date of
publication in the Federal Register of
the final rule in this test procedure
rulemaking. However, DOE is proposing
added language to the regulations
codified in the CFR that would state that
any added procedures and calculations
for determining off mode energy
consumption and regional cooling mode
performance being proposed in order to
satisfy the relevant provisions of EISA
2007 need not be performed at this time
to determine compliance with the
current energy conservation standards.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
Subsequently, and consistent with the
second provision above, manufacturers
would be required to use the amended
test procedures’ off mode and regional
cooling mode provisions to demonstrate
compliance with DOE’s energy
conservation standards on the effective
date of a final rule establishing amended
energy conservation standards for these
products that address off mode energy
consumption and/or regional cooling
mode performance, at which time the
limiting statement in the DOE test
procedure would be revised or removed.
Further clarification would also be
provided that as of 180 days after
publication of a test procedure final
rule, any representations as to the off
mode energy consumption and regional
cooling mode performance of the
products that are the subject of this
rulemaking would need to be based
upon results generated under the
applicable provisions of this test
procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c)(2)) A
separate standard for off-mode energy
consumption is required if a single
amended or new standard is not
feasible. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)(B))
III. Discussion
The current standards rulemaking
preliminary analysis for residential
central air conditioners and heat pumps
is ready for stakeholder review and
comment. This preliminary analysis
follows the first step in the standards
rulemaking process, the release of the
framework document (https://
www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/
appliance_standards/residential/pdfs/
cac_framework.pdf) and the subsequent
June 12, 2008 public meeting. At and
following this latter meeting,
stakeholder comments were received,
some of which apply to today’s
proposed test procedure.
In formulating today’s notice of
proposed rulemaking (NOPR), DOE
considered these test procedure related
comments and, where appropriate,
proposed changes to the test procedure.
Moreover, DOE responses to stakeholder
comments are provided in the following
subject areas:
1. Test Procedure Schedule
2. Bench Testing of Third Party coils
3. Defaults for Fan Power
4. Changes to External Static Pressure
Values
5. Fan Time Delay Relays
6. Inverter-Driven Compressors
7. Addition of Calculation for
Sensible Heat Ratio
8. Regional Rating Procedure
9. Address Testing Inconsistencies for
Ductless Mini- and Multi-Splits
10. Standby Power Consumption and
Measurement
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Section III. A. provides a more indepth discussion on those comments
that questioned or disagreed with DOE’s
positions in the framework document.
Section III. B. provides a summary of
the proposed changes to the test
procedure, including
1. Modify the definition of ‘‘tested
combination’’ for residential multi-split
systems
2. Add Alternative Minimum External
Static Pressure Requirements for Testing
Ducted Multi-Split Systems
3. Clarify that Optional Tests May Be
Conducted Without Forfeiting Use of
the Default Value(s)
4. Allow a Wider Tolerance on Air
Volume Rate to Yield More Repeatable
Laboratory Setups
5. Change the Magnitude of the Test
Operating Tolerance Specified for the
External Resistance to Airflow and the
Nozzle Pressure Drop
6. Modify Third-Party Testing
Requirements when Charging the Test
Unit
7. Clarify Unit Testing Installation
Instruction and Address Manufacturer
and Third-Party Testing Laboratory
Interactions
8. When Determining the Cyclic
Degradation Coefficient CD, Correct the
Indoor-Side Temperature Sensors Used
During the Cyclic Test to Align with the
Temperature Sensors Used During the
Companion Steady-State Test, If
Applicable
9. Clarify Inputs for the Demand
Defrost Credit Equation
10. Add Calculations for Sensible
Heat Ratio
11. Incorporate Changes to Cover
Testing and Rating of Ducted Systems
Having More than One Indoor Blower
12. Add Changes To Cover TripleCapacity, Northern Heat Pumps.
13. Specify Requirements for the LowVoltage Transformer Used when Testing
Coil-Only Air Conditioners and Heat
Pumps and Require Metering of All
Sources of Energy Consumption During
All Tests
14. Add Testing Procedures and
Calculations for Off Mode Energy
Consumption
15. Add Parameters for Establishing
Regional Standards
As part of today’s rulemaking, DOE
provides the specific proposed changes
to 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix
M, ‘‘Uniform Test Method for Measuring
the Energy Consumption of Central Air
Conditioners and Heat Pumps.’’
A. Framework Comment Summary and
DOE Responses
A notation in the form ‘‘Southern
Company Systems (SCS), No. 13 at p.
105’’ identifies a written comment DOE
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
has received and has included in the
docket of this rulemaking. This
particular notation refers to a comment
(1) by the Southern Company Systems
(SCS); (2) in document number 13 in the
docket of this rulemaking; and (3)
appearing on page 105 of document
number 13.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
1. Test Procedure Schedule
Several interested parties commented
that DOE should consider the timeline
necessary when modifying this test
procedure, and how the publication of
the test procedure coincides with
publication of the revised standard.
(Southern Company Systems (SCS), No.
13 at p. 105; Air-Conditioning, Heating
and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI), No.
13 at p. 116; the American Council for
an Energy Efficient Economy (ACEEE),
No. 13 at p. 117; Trane, No. 13 at p. 123)
DOE is coordinating the publication
timelines of both the test procedure and
the amended standard. The test
procedure NOPR will be open for public
comments. DOE will then address those
comments and publish a final test
procedure rule. The associated standard
will proceed concurrently with the test
procedure rulemaking to maximize the
time interval between the test procedure
final rule and the revised energy
standards final rule.
2. Bench Testing of Third-Party Coils
The Northeast Energy Efficiency
Partnerships (NEEP) comment stated
that test procedures should require
laboratory/bench testing for
independent coil manufacturers’ (ICM)
indoor units. (NEEP, No. 37 at p. 3)
NEEP includes representatives from the
Connecticut Office of Policy and
Management, New Hampshire Office of
Energy and Planning, Efficiency Maine,
and Department of Energy Resources for
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
As amended, EPCA makes all
residential central air conditioners and
heat pumps sold in the United States
subject to specific testing, rating,
minimum efficiency, and labeling
requirements. These requirements apply
to complete systems, including those
split systems where the outdoor
components are provided by one
manufacturer, while the indoor
components are provided by a separate
manufacturer. The typical twomanufacturer split system is where the
indoor unit is provided by an ICM and
the outdoor unit is provided by an
original equipment manufacturer
(OEM). Because the ICM wants to
advertise the performance of its indoor
coils with various OEM outdoor units,
the ICM is responsible for obtaining the
system seasonal energy efficiency ratio
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
(SEER) and heating seasonal
performance factor (HSPF) ratings
according to DOE requirements. In
obtaining these ratings, the ICM can
either test complete systems or use a
DOE-approved alternative rating method
(ARM) to calculate the rating. Approval
of the ARM requires laboratory test
results for complete systems, but inputs
to the ARM may or may not require
testing of just the indoor unit. (10 CFR
430.24)
Although DOE does not have the
authority to regulate a component of an
air conditioner or heat pump system, it
does regulate the complete systems. The
system ratings published by ICMs must
be obtained in accordance with DOE
requirements summarized above.
3. Defaults for Fan Power
A Joint Comment stated that the
present rating method does not credit
advanced air handler designs
adequately because the default value is
much lower than the average air handler
energy use observed in the field. (Joint
Comment, No. 25 at pp. 4, 6–7)
According to the Joint Comment, a low
default value for fan power reduces the
incentive to improve fan efficiency. The
Joint Comment includes representatives
from ACEEE, Appliance Standards
Awareness Project (ASAP), the
California Energy Commission (CEC),
the Northwest Power and Conservation
Council (NPCC), and the Western
Cooling Efficiency Center (WCEC).
Proctor Engineering Group (Proctor)
stated that the inside coil fan energy
needs to represent the median values
from actual installations, and also
provided input on the methodology for
evaluating fan power based on air
volume rate and equipment tonnage.
(Proctor, No. 38 at p. 1)
NEEP stated that testing should be
required for motors in actual operation
and that the procedure should include
provisions for testing while air handler
fans are running. (NEEP, No. 37 at p. 3)
Split-system ducted air conditioners
and heat pumps are primarily designed
for two different applications. These
applications depend on whether the air
conditioner or heat pump is installed
with a hot-air furnace and share a
common duct system. Air conditioners
and heat pumps not designed for
installation with a hot-air furnace must
contain a blower to circulate air through
the indoor coil and ductwork. Systems
that include the integral or modular
indoor blower are typically referred to
as blower-coil units. Coil-only units—
air conditioners and heat pumps
designed for installation with a hot-air
furnace—rely on the furnace blower to
circulate air through the indoor coil,
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31227
ductwork, and the furnace section when
the compressor and outdoor fan are
operating.
The Joint Comment pertains to coilonly units, so discussion in the
following paragraphs is limited to those
products. This comment does not apply
to blower-coil units within the test
procedure because there is no required
default assumption for the average air
handler. With regard to the NEEP
comment, the ratings for blower coil
units already reflect the performance of
the system’s particular indoor blower.
When blower coils are tested, the indoor
blower operates, and its performance is
accounted for in the measured system
capacity and power consumption values
and ultimately in SEER and HSPF.
A coil-only air conditioner or heat
pump can be installed with a multitude
of new and existing furnaces. The key
considerations for matching a coil-only
unit with a furnace are (1) the furnace
blower’s ability to provide the necessary
air volume rate for the system; and (2)
whether the outlet flange dimensions of
the furnace are compatible with the
inlet flanges on the indoor coil-only
section of the air conditioner or heat
pump. Another factor for field
application is whether the overall height
(length) of the furnace and coil-only
indoor section will fit into the available
building space.
The SEER and HSPF ratings represent
the seasonal efficiencies of a complete,
functioning air conditioner or heat
pump system. However, coil-only split
systems in laboratory testing are
incomplete because a hot-air furnace is
not part of the setup. Instead of the
furnace blower, the exhaust fan in the
test facility pulls air through the indoor
unit of the coil-only system. The
exhaust fan is located downstream of
the test unit’s indoor section, outlet
instrumentation, and air volume
measurement station. When the hot-air
furnace and blower are removed from
testing, the associated power
consumption and measured cooling or
heating capacity are adjusted to account
for the hypothetical hot-air furnace
blower. The Joint Comment asserted
that the test procedure default value is
too low and should require additional
real-time blower testing. Proctor
Engineering Group agreed and offered
an alternative default equation based on
data collected from actual installations.
Given the variety of furnaces within
which a coil-only unit may be installed,
the range of blower sizes and associated
efficiency of a complete installed system
are unknown. As a result, there are
several options for calculating the
assumed power and heat contributions
for the hypothetical hot-air furnace
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
31228
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
blower. To obtain a SEER (and for heat
pumps, an HSPF) rating for each coilonly split system, the hot-air furnace
blower receives a default value.
According to the DOE test procedure,
the hypothetical hot-air furnace blower
contribution is expressed in terms of
power (watts) and heat (Btu/h) per unit
of air volume rate (in this case, 1,000
standard cubic feet per minute [scfm]).
Since it was issued in 1979, the DOE
test procedure for central air
conditioners and heat pumps has used
the same default fan power and heat for
rating coil-only air conditioners and
heat pumps: 365 watts per 1,000 scfm
and 1,250 Btu/h per 1,000 scfm. These
default values result in the adjustment
range from approximately 220 watts
(750 Btu/h) for a 1.5-ton unit to
approximately 730 watts (2,500 Btu/h)
for a 5-ton unit.
The default value does not indicate
the efficiency of blowers in furnaces; it
simply provides a means of comparing
products on a complete system basis.
The long-standing default values
represent a typical furnace blower while
not being overly conservative. Changing
the default values would shift the SEER
and HSPF ratings, but the ranking
among most comparably sized
equipment would change minimally, if
at all. DOE evaluated the worst-case
scenario: multiple units with the same
SEER calculated using the existing fan
power and heat defaults, but with
degradation coefficients (CD) varying
from 0.01 and 0.25, and capacities
differing up to 10 percent. If the SEER
calculation uses a higher default like
500 watts per 1,000 scfm (1,700 Btu/h
per 1,000 scfm), the new SEER ratings
would all decrease but lie within a
range that spans less than 0.20 points
(on the SEER rating scale). The minimal
impact on the ranking lessens the need
for better defaults. To determine
whether higher default values better
represent actual installations, DOE must
address three questions:
• What data can accurately represent
the typical installation?
• What coordination will ensure that
blower coils and coil-only units are
evaluated on a common basis?
• Should poor duct systems affect
equipment ratings?
DOE expects that addressing these
questions will require additional data
collection, analysis, and input from
interested parties. With minimal impact
on altering the relative ranking among
competing products combined with the
need to answer the above questions,
DOE chose not to propose alternative
default values for the power and heat
contribution of the hypothetical furnace
blower used when calculating the SEER
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
and HSPF for coil-only air conditioners
and heat pumps.
4. Changes to External Static Pressure
Values
A Joint Comment stated that the
current assumed inches of water column
(in wc) values are lower than those
typically found in the field and
unrealistically deemphasize the
importance of fan efficiency as a part of
overall system effectiveness. (Joint
Comment, No. 25 at pp. 4, 6) The
discrepancy often leads to less airflow
in a field application, which generally
improves latent (at the expense of
sensible) capacity.
The Joint Utility Comment suggested
that new test conditions for external
static pressure and default fan power
should be consistent with current field
research findings. (Joint Utility
Comment, No. 30 at pp. 1, 21) The Joint
Utility Comment includes
representatives from Pacific Gas and
Electric Company (PG&E), Southern
California Edison, Sempra Energy
Utilities (Southern California Gas
Company and San Diego Gas and
Electric Company; hereafter ‘‘Sempra’’),
Sacramento Municipal Utility District,
the Nevada Power Company, and Sierra
Pacific Power.
DOE received a number of comments
requesting that the minimum external
static pressure levels be increased.
(Florida Solar Energy Center (FSEC), No.
31 at p. 4; Sempra, No. 13 at p. 121;
SCS, No. 39 at p. 2) Additionally,
Proctor Engineering Group (Proctor)
provided a formula for estimating the
static pressure based on the rated cfm/
ton (Proctor, No. 38 at p. 2).
Some split system and all singlepackage system air conditioners and
heat pumps are sold with integral
indoor blowers. Split systems with
integral indoor blowers (i.e., blower-coil
units) may be designed for ducted or
non-ducted installation. The integral
indoor blower may be located either
upstream (push-through configuration)
or downstream (draw-through
configuration) of the indoor refrigerantto-air heat coil.
To mimic a field installation, singlepackage and blower-coil split air
conditioners and heat pumps are
laboratory tested with installed
components to include the most
restrictive filter(s), supplementary
heating coils, and other equipment
specified as part of the unit. The DOE
test procedure allows testing of a ducted
unit without an indoor air filter but
requires a compensatory increase of 0.08
in wc for the minimum external static
pressure requirement. Otherwise, the
test procedure requires that the unit be
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
installed and configured in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions.
The DOE test procedure requires that
a minimum external static pressure be
equaled or exceeded during the wet-coil
cooling mode test. If this requirement is
not met initially, the configuration of
the indoor unit is incrementally
changed (e.g., switched to the next
highest speed tap), and the wet-coil test
is repeated until the measured external
static pressure meets or surpasses the
applicable DOE test procedure
minimum value.
Since its issuance in 1980, the DOE
test procedure for central air
conditioners and heat pumps has used
the same set of minimum external static
pressure values (except for SDHV
systems): 0.10 in wc for systems with a
rated cooling capacity less than or equal
to 28,800 Btu/h, 0.15 in wc for 29,000
to 42,500 Btu/h, and 0.20 in wc for
43,000 to 64,500 Btu/h. The laboratory
static pressure measurement tries to
account for the supply and return home
or building duct system unit flow
resistance.
Limited field testing reports and the
general decline in the quality of
installed duct systems (in part from the
proliferation of the flexible duct) would
support an increase in the minimum
external static pressure. Efforts by
building trades and code compliance
communities to improve the quality of
installed duct systems would support
smaller increases in the minimum
statics prescribed in the DOE test
procedure. More field data would be
helpful but would likely never be
acquired to the level needed to provide
a definitive basis for selecting new
minimums. The greater impact of higher
minimum external static pressures will
be on lowering the SEER and HSPF of
all units equally. Lacking a basis to
propose new values or reference a
consensus standard where alternatives
to the current minimums are
established, DOE chose not to propose
an alternative to the existing minimum
values as part of today’s NOPR.
5. Fan Time Delay Relays
FSEC and SCS commented that the
fan time delay relays should be disabled
for the SEER test procedure. (FSEC, No.
31 at p. 3; SCS, No. 39 at p. 2)
Many air conditioners and heat
pumps employ a fan-off delay feature on
the indoor blower. This delay, which is
usually active for both the cooling and
heating modes, is used to extract stored
energy from the indoor coil immediately
after the compressor has cycled off. The
indoor blower typically continues to
operate for 45 to 90 seconds after the
compressor cycles off.
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
The DOE test procedure seeks to
evaluate the performance of central air
conditioners and heat pumps without
making the process overly burdensome
or expensive. The test procedure
includes optional cyclic tests used to
quantify the degradation in performance
from the system cycling (predominantly
in field installation) compared with
operating continuously (as in most
laboratory tests). During these cyclic
tests, the fan-off delay feature is not
disabled. The evaluation thus accounts
for an incremental increase in total
delivered capacity at the expense of
increased electrical energy consumption
in extending the indoor blower
operation.
Disabling the fan time delay from
central air conditioners and heat pumps
during the cooling season will prevent
re-evaporation of moisture on the indoor
coil and in the condensation pan.
Substantial re-evaporation can occur if
the indoor blower continues for an
extended period after compressor
shutoff. Because of this evaporative
mechanism, continuous fan operation is
discouraged during the cooling season.
However, DOE is not aware of definitive
data that show significant reevaporation during short fan-off delays.
Part of the data void is due to the
challenge of measuring rapidly changing
values (humidity and temperature)
during the relatively short fan-off delay
period. Because of this difficulty, the
cyclic cooling mode test, used in
establishing the SEER, is conducted at
an indoor wet bulb (wb) temperature
that results in a dry coil. This also
explains why this test cannot be used to
address the concern about reevaporation.
In a related comment, Proctor
recommended conducting the cooling
mode cyclic tests with the indoor
conditions set to the same values used
for the steady-state tests, 80 degrees
Fahrenheit (°F) dry bulb (db)/67 °F wb
(Proctor, No. 38 at p. 2). Proctor stated
that such a change to wet-coil cooling
mode cyclic tests is well within the
reach of today’s measurement
technologies.
DOE needs additional information to
quantify the potential benefits of
converting from dry-coil to wet-coil
cyclic testing. DOE must evaluate any
potential benefits relative to any
laboratory upgrades that would be
needed to achieve acceptably accurate
and repeatable results across the
industry, and the impact of changing the
time required to run a cyclic test. DOE
seeks data and information that would
aid efforts to quantify the relative
performance impact and associated
expense of laboratory upgrades in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
combination with achievable
measurement uncertainty. Until more is
known about the impact of changing
from the long-standing dry-coil tests to
a wet-coil cyclic test, DOE has
tentatively decided not to modify this
test procedure to convert to wet-coil
cyclic testing.
6. Inverter-Driven Compressors
Mitsubishi Electric and Electronics
USA, Inc. (MEUS) commented that new
systems incorporating inverter-driven
compressor technology require a
modification to the test procedure.
(MEUS, No. 13 at p. 19)
Since 1988, the DOE test procedure
has covered air conditioners and heat
pumps with variable-speed
compressors, single indoor units, and
single outdoor units. The October 2007
final rule extended coverage to variablespeed multi-split systems. 72 FR 59906.
Before DOE can offer a more substantive
evaluation of the comment, DOE will
need specific examples, including
laboratory data, of how the test
procedure fails to capture the
performance characteristics of an air
conditioner or heat pump that uses
‘‘new inverter-driven compressor
technology.’’
7. Addition of Calculation for Sensible
Heat Ratio
The Joint Comment contended that
the latent heat removal capability of
CAC equipment should be measured
under typical operating conditions, as
opposed to high temperature conditions,
and should be certified for all models
sold in hot and humid climates. (Joint
Comment, No. 25 at p. 4) FSEC
expressed similar views and suggested
that the latent heat ratio should be
measured under different test
conditions for single speed and multispeed equipment. (FSEC, No. 31 at p. 2)
Ice Energy suggested that the
dehumidification capability of CAC
equipment under hot and humid
conditions be included in the standard,
and any regional standard for the
Southeast region should address this
issue. (Ice Energy, No. 33 at p. 3) On the
other hand, the Edison Electric Institute
(EEI) wants dehumidification capability
to be included in the standards for all
regions. (EEI, No. 20 at p. 4) SCS stated
that for hot and humid climates, a
higher dehumidification capacity
should be incorporated in the standard.
(SCS, No. 13 at p. 42) SCS also stated
that any regional air conditioning
standard should provide for minimum
dehumidification performance that
should be measured at normal operating
conditions and not at a higher
temperature like 95 °F. (SCS, No. 39 at
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31229
p. 1) The Joint Utilities Comment stated
that DOE should require that all units be
certified and rated for SHR at 82 °F
ambient db temperature. (Joint
Comment, No. 30 at pp. 1, 21) Proctor
stated that the rating for humid climates
should include information about what
portion of the capacity is latent.
(Proctor, No. 38 at p. 2)
DOE proposes including the
calculation for the SHR within the
revised DOE test procedure. (10 CFR
part 430, subpart B, appendix M,
revised section 3.3c and proposed
section 4.5) The Federal Trade
Commission (FTC) could then consider
incorporating this information in labels
for these products.
8. Regional Rating Procedure
DOE received some comments that
were supportive and others that were
neutral on the development of regional
ratings. The Joint Comment noted that
DOE already applies regional rating
methods in the current test procedure
for residential central air conditioners
and heat pumps. (Joint Comment, No.
25 at pp. 3–4) It further noted that
adoption of regional rating methods
might allow DOE to set standards of
comparable stringency, but using
different rating conditions. (Joint
Comment, No. 25 at p. 8) Ice Energy
stated that the test protocol should be
comprehensive and should span
outdoor ambient conditions over the
complete range of expected operating
conditions. (Ice Energy, No. 33 at p. 3)
FSEC stated that DOE should develop
new cooling season bin temperature
profiles using 2008 typical
meteorological year (TMY) data from the
National Renewable Energy Laboratory
(NREL). (FSEC, No. 31 at pp. 3–4) The
National Rural Electric Cooperative
Association (NRECA) commented that
DOE should evaluate whether its test
procedures account for the vast
differences in ambient humidity levels
in different regions. The air conditioner
and heat pump standards should also
take into account the effects of humidity
on different regional standards.
(NRECA, No. 35 at p. 1)
A second Joint Comment (Joint
Comment 2) from the National
Resources Defense Council, National
Consumer Law Center, Inc., and
Enterprise stated that DOE should
strengthen the SEER test procedure to
provide a more robust measure of actual
performance in varying conditions in
different regions. (Joint Comment 2, No.
36 at p. 2) PG&E noted that DOE needs
to reevaluate test procedures to
determine the performance of this
equipment in the various climate zones.
(PG&E, No. 13 at p. 116) EEI suggested
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
31230
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
that the test procedure be updated to
account for ambient conditions in hotdry and hot-humid climates. (EEI, No.
20 at p. 3) Proctor commented that the
temperature bins used for the rating
calculation are not representative of the
hotter portions of the United States and
provided data representative of specific
hot climates. Proctor also commented
that the ratings for dry climates should
be based only on the sensible capacities
measured in the test, and suggested that
the sensible capacities and latent
capacities, as well as the appropriate
watt draws, be measured in the existing
115 °F test. Further, the results of that
test should be used in conjunction with
any intermediate tests to establish the
relationship between the energy
efficiency ratio (EER) and outdoor
temperature. Proctor also suggested that
in defining regions, DOE start with
examination of the existing DOE climate
map (currently used in the DOE
Building Energy Codes Program), which
defines dry and humid regions of the
United States. (Proctor, No. 38 at pp. 1,
2) SCS also commented that measuring
performance at 115 °F would allow the
design of temperature bin profiles that
better reflect the actual climate of the
desert Southwest. SCS supports the
concept of a regional rating that reflects
actual weather conditions, stating that
for a ‘‘hot-dry’’ regional standard, setting
the performance rating at 115 °F would
be of great value to consumers and
would not put an unreasonable burden
on manufacturers. (SCS, No. 39 at p. 2)
SCS stated, however, that it is neutral at
this time on whether a hot-humid
regional standard should be established,
due to uncertainties about changes in
test procedures, future design options
manufacturers could use to reach higher
efficiency, of the ability of local
jurisdictions to limit use of equipment
with poor dehumidification
performance, and changes in consumer
repair versus replacement or substitute
behavior due to higher standards. (SCS,
No. 39 at pp. 2, 3, 4)
Regarding the comments that favor
region-specific cooling mode
performance evaluations, DOE proposes
changes that will allow the calculation
of a region-specific SEER. (10 CFR 430,
subpart B, appendix M, proposed
section 2.2e and revised sections 3.2.1,
3.2.2.1, 3.2.3, and 3.2.4) The calculation
parameters that permit this proposed
region-specific SEER are the fractional
bin hour distribution and the outdoor
design temperature. DOE proposes
modifying the indoor wet bulb
temperature as part of additional
required and optional testing. (10 CFR
part 430, subpart B, appendix M,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
revised sections 3.2.1 (table 3A), 3.2.2.1
(table 4A), and 3.2.2 (table 5A)) These
test procedure proposed changes will
complement efforts to evaluate the merit
of a regional standard for a coolingdominated region with dry climate. DOE
believes that similar changes are not
needed for cooling-dominated States
with humid climates. The current
indoor side entering wet-bulb test
condition of 67 °F, fractional bin-hour
distribution, and outdoor design
temperature sufficiently represent the
conditions for a humid climate.
Calculation of the SHR from such
existing tests, however, is proposed in
today’s NOPR to quantify the product’s
dehumidification capabilities.
Section 306(a) of EISA amended
section 325(o) of EPCA to require that
regions defined for the purposes of
regional standards are required to be
composed of contiguous States. (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(6)(C)(i)) In addition,
individual States shall be placed only
into a single region. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(6)(C)(iii)) DOE is proposing an
alternative regional efficiency metric, a
region-specific SEER (SEER–HD) for a
four-State region consisting of Arizona,
California, Nevada, and New Mexico.
The proposed SEER–HD reflects
equipment performance in this region.
DOE does not endorse the
recommendation to add testing at 115 °F
outdoor temperature. A linear fit of data
collected from the cooling mode tests at
82 °F and 95 °F can sufficiently estimate
capacity and power consumption at 105
°F, 110 °F, and even 115 °F. Interested
parties have not provided, and DOE has
not identified, examples where a SEER
rating or the proposed region-specific
SEER was statistically different as a
result of being evaluated based on
laboratory data at 115 °F as opposed to
95 °F.
In other related comments, ACEEE
asked how DOE would capture and
evaluate the efficiency of continuous
ventilation for regional standards, as it
is provided and used in a reasonable
fraction of houses. (ACEEE, No. 13 at p.
138) Sempra indicated that the test
protocols should be able to
accommodate technologies other than
air-cooled expansion unitary
equipment. Sempra also commented
that DOE should consider using the time
value of energy in the new test
procedures. (Sempra, No. 13 at p. 121)
WCEC contended that certain changes
in the test procedures could result in
energy savings: (1) A 24-hour test
protocol that can measure and
characterize the energy and peak
demand implications of control and
thermal storage technologies; (2) a test
protocol that provides different types of
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
evaporative-cooled equipment with
directly comparable SEER ratings; and
(3) a test protocol that seriously
addresses installation and performancelongevity issues. (WCEC, No. 41 at p. 2)
ACEEE stated that DOE could use an
alternative rating route to deal with
enhanced dehumidification products.
(ACEEE, No. 13 at p. 154)
Regarding installation and
performance longevity issues, DOE does
not have the authority to implement
new performance metrics for
characterizing such features at this time.
Presently, the only metrics available for
representing performance are SEER and
HSPF. These are seasonal performance
metrics and are not useful for
characterizing installation issues,
performance longevity, or quantifying
performance at peak demand.
DOE notes that while there may be
value in defining a test procedure that
can provide consistent, comparable
rating of alternative cooling systems,
including evaporative cooling
technologies and technologies
incorporating thermal storage, such
expansion of the test procedure is
beyond the scope of this rulemaking.
This rulemaking seeks to address
changes mandated in EISA and
otherwise improve upon coverage of
comparatively conventional air
conditioners and heat pumps.
Determining additions and changes
needed to allow testing and rating of
thermal storage technologies, for
example, is a formidable task, one that
requires significant investigation. Such
an investigation is difficult to pursue
until such equipment is readily
available as a commercial product.
9. Address Testing Inconsistencies for
Ductless Mini- and Multi-Splits
Two interested parties commented
that there are inconsistencies within the
central air conditioning test procedure
for mini- and multi-split systems.
(MEUS, No. 13 at p. 21 and 22; Daikin,
No. 28 at p. 6)
The proposed changes to items 1
through 3 of Appendix M, cover test
procedure changes addressing
inconsistencies for ductless mini- and
multi-splits. In response to the
comments, DOE proposes three changes
to the test procedure to address these
inconsistencies: (1) Modify the
definition of tested combination for
multi-split systems. DOE proposes to
use the term ‘‘nominal cooling capacity’’
within the definition of ‘‘tested
combination’’ (proposed change to 10
CFR 430, subpart A, section 430.2,
Definitions, Tested Combination) and to
simplify the requirements for multi-split
systems with cooling capacities of
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
24,000 Btu/h or lower; (2) add an
alternative minimum static pressure
requirement for use when testing ducted
multi-split systems (10 CFR 430, subpart
B, appendix M, proposed table 2); (3)
clarify within the test procedure that
optional testing may be conducted
without forfeiting the use of default
values (10 CFR 430, subpart B, appendix
M, proposed section 3.6.4d).
10. Standby Power Consumption and
Measurement
Interested parties submitted
comments refuting the need to revise
the test procedure to consider standby
power consumption when EISA does
not explicitly call for its revision, and
noting that standby power consumption
is already addressed in the standard.
(AHRI, No. 13 at p. 105; Sempra, No. 13
at p. 133; Energy Solutions, No. 13 at p.
108; Emerson, No. 13 at p. 111) Some
contended that the test procedure’s
accounting of standby power
consumption is adequate and does not
require modification. (Trane, No. 16 at
p. 3; Carrier Corporation (Carrier), No.
18 at p. 1; ASAP, No. 13 at p. 114;
MEUS, No. 19 at p. 1; AHRI, No. 24 at
p. 2). Trane and Carrier representatives
both stated that the standby power
consumption calculation is already
captured in the degradation coefficient,
CD calculation. (Trane, No. 16 at p. 3;
Carrier, No. 18 at p. 1)
SEER reflects all modes of climate
control energy consumption that occur
during the cooling season, as HSPF does
for the heating season. SEER does not
capture the time that an air conditioner
could be energized but idle during the
non-cooling season. Similarly, the
current test procedure does not capture
energy consumed by a heat pump
during the non-cooling and non-heating
seasons. These are the shoulder seasons
that occur between the cooling and
heating seasons and can be quantified
by converting the cooling and heating
load hours for any location into actual
hours. In each case, the actual site or
region-specific cooling and heating
season hours always sum to less than
8,760. To calculate annual energy
consumption or annual operating cost,
all 8,760 hours of the year must be
accounted for. Until now, these annual
quantities have been based on energy
consumption of fewer than 8,760 hours.
The DOE test procedure must account
for the idle mode energy consumption
of the air conditioner and heat pump
during the shoulder seasons and the idle
mode energy consumption of an air
conditioner during the heating season.
Several interested parties commented
that although the current standard does
address standby power consumption,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
standby and off mode power need to be
better defined. (Joint Comment, No. 25
at p. 6; CFM Equipment Distributors,
No. 13 at p. 129; Lennox, No. 13 at pp.
113, 134; Carrier, No. 13 at p. 113; the
Unico System, No. 13 at p. 129; Trane,
No. 13 at pp. 130, 131, 136; PG&E, No.
13 at pp. 132, 137; General Electric, No.
13 at p. 135; EEI, No. 20 at p. 5; ASAP,
No. 13 at p. 132)
DOE concurs with the commenters.
The definitions of standby and off mode
as provided in EPCA section 325(gg)
were amended by section 310 of EISA
and are purposely generic so that they
can apply to all covered products. (42
U.S.C. 6295(gg)(1)(A)(iii), (42 U.S.C.
6295(gg)(1)(A)(ii), respectively) EPCA
section 325 allows DOE to redefine
these definitions, including off mode, as
part of this rulemaking. (42 U.S.C.
6295(gg)(1)(B)) The proposed definition
is as follows:
The term ‘‘off mode’’ means:
(1) For air conditioners, all times during
the non-cooling season of an air conditioner.
This mode includes the ‘‘shoulder seasons’’
between the cooling and heating seasons
when the unit provides no cooling to the
building and the entire heating season, when
the unit is idle. The air conditioner is
assumed to be connected to its main power
source at all times during the off mode; and
(2) For heat pumps, all times during the
non-cooling and non-heating seasons of a
heat pump. This mode includes the
‘‘shoulder seasons’’ between the cooling and
heating seasons when the unit provides
neither heating nor cooling to the building.
The heat pump is assumed to be connected
to its main power source at all times during
the off mode.
DOE requests comments on this proposed
definition (10 CFR, subpart B, appendix M,
proposed section 1.48).
B. Summary of the Test Procedure
Revisions
Today’s proposed rule contains the
following proposed changes to the test
procedure in 10 CFR part 430, subpart
B, appendix M.
1. Modify the Definition of ‘‘Tested
Combination’’ for Residential MultiSplit Systems
DOE procedures require testing a
complete system, not just its
components. For multi-split systems,
each model of outdoor unit may be
installed with numerous indoor unit
combinations. Systems may differ in the
number of connected indoor units, their
physical type (e.g., wall-mounted versus
ceiling cassette, ducted versus nonducted), and individual capacities.
As part of the October 2007 final rule,
multi-split units with rated cooling
capacities less than 65,000 Btu/h were
newly covered in the DOE central air
conditioner and heat pump test
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31231
procedure. As part of this coverage,
manufacturers are required to test each
model of a multi-split outdoor unit with
at least one set of non-ducted (and at
least one set of ducted, if applicable)
indoor units. DOE placed limits on the
set of indoor units selected to meet this
testing requirement for each multi-split
outdoor unit. These limits are
prescribed in 10 CFR 430.2 definition
for ‘‘tested combination.’’ During the
previous test procedure rulemaking,
DOE refined the ‘‘tested combination’’
definition from the version published in
the July 20, 2006 NOPR to the version
published in the October 2007 final
rule. After implementing the new test
procedures, manufacturers of multi-split
systems requested additional changes.
In its May 27, 2008 letter to DOE, the
Air-Conditioning, Heating, and
Refrigeration Institute (AHRI)
recommended three changes to the
‘‘tested combination’’ definition. First,
AHRI supported changing specific
references to ‘‘capacity’’ and ‘‘nominal
capacity’’ to ‘‘nominal cooling capacity.’’
AHRI argued that ‘‘this correction is
necessary to clarify that the test
procedures are based on the cooling
(rather than heating) capacity of the
equipment and to recognize that the
nominal means the cooling capacity of
the system at 95 °F ambient, 80/67 °F
indoor conditions.’’
Second, AHRI requested that the
requirement preventing the use of an
indoor unit having a nominal cooling
capacity that exceeds 50 percent of the
nominal cooling capacity of the outdoor
unit be waived for outdoor units with a
nominal cooling capacity of 24,000 Btu/
h or lower. AHRI noted that it is not
always possible to meet this
requirement, especially because of the
additional DOE requirement that the
nominal cooling capacities of the indoor
units, when summed, must fall between
95 and 105 percent of the outdoor unit’s
nominal capacity. AHRI gave the
example of an outdoor unit rated for
20,000 Btu/h that is designed to be used
with indoor units having nominal
capacities of 9,000 and 12,000 Btu/h. In
this case, the only combination that
meets the 95 to 105 percent indooroutdoor capacity criteria is where two
indoor units are used, one having a
capacity of 12,000 Btu/h and one having
a capacity of 9,000 Btu/h. The current
definition for tested combination,
however, does not allow this
combination because the 12,000 Btu/h
indoor unit exceeds the 50 percent limit
on the capacity of the indoor unit to the
capacity of the outdoor unit.
AHRI’s final suggested change
pertains to multi-split systems with
nominal capacities greater than 150,000
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
31232
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Btu/h. The current limit of five indoor
units to complete the system is often
insufficient for the required 95 to 105
percent match with the outdoor unit. As
AHRI stated in its letter, AHRI
recognizes that ‘‘this capacity is beyond
the cooling capacity limit of 65,000 Btu/
h * * * but many manufacturers have
been granted waivers in which this
tested combination definition applies.’’
DOE concurs with two of the three
changes AHRI requested. DOE proposes
to adopt the wording ‘‘nominal cooling
capacity’’ within the definition of
‘‘tested combination.’’ (10 CFR 430.2)
DOE will also waive the restriction that
no indoor unit shall have a nominal
cooling capacity exceeding 50 percent of
the outdoor unit’s nominal cooling
capacity for multi-split systems having
a nominal cooling capacity of 24,000
Btu/h or less. (10 CFR 430.2(2)(iii))
Additionally, DOE proposes to modify
the definition for ‘‘tested combination’’
to indicate that the allowed range for the
indoor to outdoor capacity percentages
is 95 to 105 percent, inclusive. (10 CFR
430.2(2)(ii) The current wording calls
for the match to be ‘‘between’’ (i.e., not
‘‘including’’) these bounds. Especially
with the above switch to using ‘‘nominal
cooling capacity,’’ specifying a set of
indoor units that yields an indoor to
outdoor capacity percentage of either 95
or 105 percent increases should be
allowed.
With regard to the third change
requested by AHRI, DOE will not
establish a different limit on the number
of indoor units used when testing multisplit systems with nominal capacities
greater than 150,000 Btu/h because
these systems are outside the scope of
this residential test procedure
rulemaking.
2. Add Alternative Minimum External
Static Pressure Requirements for Testing
Ducted Multi-Split Systems
Since the inception of DOE central air
conditioner and heat pump test
procedures, the majority of covered
products have used a single indoor unit
designed to work with a multi-branch
duct system to distribute air within a
building. This system imposes an
additional load (quantified as external
static pressure (ESP)) on the indoor
blower as it distributes and returns air
to and from the conditioned space.
When a system is laboratory tested
according to the DOE test procedure,
airflow resistance imposed on the
blower by external attachments is
measured when the indoor blower and
the laboratory’s airflow measurement
apparatus maintain the manufacturerspecified air volume rate. To constitute
a valid setup for ducted indoor units,
this external resistance measurement
must equal or exceed a value—the
minimum ESP expressed in wc—
specified in the DOE test procedure. The
minimum ESP value depends on one of
three minimum rated cooling capacities
of the tested system: 0.1 in wc for units
up to 28,800 Btu/h, 0.15 in wc for units
between 29,000 and 42,500 Btu/h, and
0.2 in wc for units 43,000 Btu/h and
above. These minimums were adopted
from industry standards that were in
place when the test procedure was
developed and that have remained
unchanged.
The majority of multi-split systems
use non-ducted indoor units. In
laboratory testing following the DOE test
procedure, these free discharge units are
tested with an ESP of 0 in wc. Multisplits are also offered where one or more
of the indoor units is ducted. Compared
with conventional ducted units, indoor
unit ducting for multi-splits is shorter
and used on the return or supply, or
both.
In its May 27, 2008 letter, AHRI stated
that ‘‘many ductless manufacturers have
‘ducted’ indoor units that are intended
for a minimum (less than a few feet) or
no duct runs and as a result have a rated
external static pressure capability of less
than 0.1 ESP and usually around 0.02
ESP.’’ AHRI recommended a mechanism
and language for addressing this issue in
the DOE test procedure. Specifically,
AHRI suggested that DOE amend its test
procedure by adding the following
footnote to Table 2 of Appendix M
(shown as Table III.1 below): ‘‘If the
manufacturer’s rated external static
pressure is less than 0.10 in wc (25
Pascals (Pa)), then the indoor unit
should be tested at that rated external
static pressure.’’
TABLE III.1—MINIMUM EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE FOR DUCTED SYSTEMS TESTED WITH AN INDOOR FAN INSTALLED *
Minimum External Resistance †
in wc
Rated cooling or heating capacity **
Btu/h
SDHV Systems ††
≤ 28,800 ...................................................................................................................................
29,000 to 42,500 ......................................................................................................................
43,000 ≥ ...................................................................................................................................
1.10
1.15
1.20
All other systems
0.10
0.15
0.20
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
* Source: Table 2 from 10 CFR 430, modified for today’s NOPR.
** For air conditioners and heat pumps, this is the value the manufacturer cites in published literature for the unit’s capacity when operated at
the A or A2 test conditions. For heating-only heat pumps, this is the value the manufacturer cites in published literature for the unit’s capacity
when operated at the H1 or H12 test conditions.
† For ducted units tested without an air filter installed, increase the applicable tabular value by 0.08 in wc.
†† See definition 1.35 to determine if equipment qualifies as an SDHV system. If a closed-loop air-enthalpy test apparatus is used on the indoor
side, limit the resistance to airflow on the inlet side of the indoor blower coil to a maximum of 0.1 in wc. Impose the balance of airflow resistance
on the outlet side of the indoor blower.
In the field, ducted multi-split
systems are installed using lower
pressure duct systems than are typically
used to install a conventional ducted
central air conditioner or heat pump.
Consequently, DOE recognizes that
ducted multi-split systems should not
be subject to the same minimum ESP
requirements as conventional central
systems. Specifying appropriate
minimums, however, is difficult.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
One problem with the language AHRI
proposed is that a manufacturer could
choose an unrealistically low value for
the rated external static pressure.
Because this would likely be a
secondary concern (if not completely
overlooked) when a system is selected,
the manufacturer lacks an incentive to
choose a representative rating.
Additionally, because the manufacturer
is not allowed to select the minimum
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
external static pressure when testing a
conventional unit, allowing the
manufacturer to select the minimum
when testing a ducted multi-split
systems would create an unjustifiable
inconsistency.
DOE considered three related factors
before formulating an alternative to the
AHRI proposal. First, the following
approach appears in the Draft
International Standard (DIS) ballot of
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
ISO Standard 15402, ‘‘Multi-Split
System Air Conditioners and Air-to-Air
Heat Pumps: Testing and Rating for
Performance.’’
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
This ESP shall be greater than the
minimum value given in Table 1 but not
greater than 80% of the maximum external
static pressure specified by the manufacturer.
* * * If the maximum ESP of the unit is
lower than the minimum ESP given in Table
1, then the airflow rate is lowered to achieve
an ESP equal to 80% of the maximum ESP
of the manufacturer. In case this ESP is lower
than 25 Pa, the unit can be considered as a
free delivery unit.
Where the ISO approach ties the
tested minimum external static pressure
to a manufacturer published maximum
value while approximating the smallest
indoor units as non-ducted, the two
other inputs suggest that the current test
procedure requirements are manageable.
Specifically, manufacturers of single
indoor blower coil units that use short
ducts —sometimes referred to as ‘‘furred
down or ceiling mounted air handling
units’’—have never requested that DOE
lower the minimum static pressure
requirements. Further, DOE has
received no evidence showing that any
multi-split indoor unit could not
achieve the applicable DOE minimum
external static pressure when delivering
its air volume rate.
DOE proposes an approach that does
not require publication of the maximum
external static pressure. For the systems
meeting the definition of ‘‘multiple-split
air conditioner and heat pumps’’ in the
test procedure (10 CFR part 430, subpart
B, appendix M, section 1.30), DOE
proposes a new set of minimum external
static pressures. The proposed
minimums will be listed in table 2 of
appendix M of the test procedure, along
with the current values for SDHV and
all other systems. The proposed values
are 0.03 in wc for units through 28,800
Btu/h, 0.05 in wc for units between
29,000 and 42,500 Btu/h, and 0.07 in wc
for units 43,000 Btu/h and above. The
proposed minimums seek to capture the
relative differences between a
conventional central ducted system and
one with the shorter ducts of a typical
multi-split system installation. Because
ducts add resistance, DOE will not
adopt the ISO approach of testing the
smallest systems at zero static pressure.
For multi-split systems, the applicable
minimum external static pressure will
be assigned based on the nominal/rated
cooling capacity of the outdoor unit. A
static pressure equal to or higher that
this minimum will be achieved in each
outlet duct upstream of the point where
they connect to the common plenum
that leads to the test room’s airflow
measuring apparatus. In addition to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
ducted multi-split systems, DOE
proposes applying this new set of
minimum external static pressures to
ducted mini-splits or 1-to-1 systems
where the indoor air handler is a ducted
furred down/ceiling-mounted unit. To
limit the 1-to-1 products that qualify for
the lower minimum static pressures, the
single indoor unit must not exceed
specified dimensions (e.g., no more than
11 in high and less than 24 in deep), the
indoor unit must use a single slab coil
that is perpendicular to the flow stream,
and the system’s rated capacity must not
exceed 39,000 Btu/h.
DOE requests comment from
interested parties on the proposed lower
external static pressure levels for certain
equipment as described above and on
the proposed language for ensuring that
these levels are used only for testing the
intended products: ducted multi-splits,
ducted mini-splits, and ducted furred
down/ceiling mounted one-to-one units.
3. Clarify That Optional Tests May Be
Conducted Without Forfeiting Use of
the Default Value(s)
In the DOE test procedure, the
manufacturer has two options for
obtaining a required parameter within
the SEER or HSPF calculation
algorithm: (1) Run one or two additional
tests to obtain the necessary data; or (2)
use a ‘‘default value,’’ which may be
fixed or derived from an approximating
equation. For certain frost accumulation
tests, the DOE test procedure gives the
manufacturer the option of conducting
the test or using default equations to
determine the pump’s power
consumption and space heating capacity
at 35 °F outdoor temperature and at the
designated compressor capacity. The
test procedure is not clear whether
defaults are forfeited if the manufacturer
conducts the optional laboratory test.
This matter is clarified here.
As stated in the DOE test procedure
(10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix
M, sections 3.2.1, 3.2.2.1, and 3.2.3), the
manufacturer may run the optional
test(s) for determining a cyclic
degradation coefficient but still use the
default if it is lower than the tested
value. DOE proposes allowing
manufacturers to run the optional
test(s), with the understanding that they
can still use the default value if it is
more favorable for optional frost
accumulation tests. Specifically, the
manufacturer may use the power
consumption and heating capacity
values derived from conducting the
optional frost accumulation test or the
values calculated using the default
equations, whichever set contributes to
a higher Region IV HSPF based on the
minimum design heating requirement.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31233
4. Allow a Wider Tolerance on Air
Volume Rate To Yield More Repeatable
Laboratory Setups
A goal of the DOE test procedure is
specifying a consistent equipment
configuration to obtain repeatable
laboratory test results. For example, the
indoor blower of a particular model
should be consistently set to the same
blower speed setting for a given test
configuration. More generally, the
blower speed setting should be the same
when performing the same test on all
units of the same equipment model.
As part of the equipment setup
requirements for most blower-coil units,
the testing entity (e.g., manufacturer or
third party) turns on both the indoor
unit blower and the test facility exhaust
fan. The exhaust fan and/or an airflow
damper are adjusted until the
manufacturer-specified indoor air
volume rate is obtained. If the measured
external static pressure equals or
exceeds the test procedure specified
minimum value, testing proceeds
without adjustment to the indoor unit
configuration.
If the measured external static
pressure is below the DOE minimum,
the setup requires additional effort. The
first step is to reduce the air volume rate
until the measured external static
pressure equals the DOE minimum. As
currently specified in the test
procedure, if the measured external
static pressure does not equal the DOE
minimum by the time the air volume
rate has been reduced to 95 percent of
the rated value, then the indoor unit
blower is turned off, and the indoor
unit’s setup is adjusted to the next
highest speed setting.
The above setup procedure will
typically result in the indoor blowercoil set to the same speed setting for
testing all units of the same model. In
essence, the procedure handles the
inherent variability in the external static
pressure and air volume rate produced
and measured for multiple equipment
setups. This variability is due to
manufacturing tolerances and lab
measurement uncertainties.
In its May 27, 2008 letter, AHRI
requested that the 5-percent tolerance
on air volume rate be increased to 10
percent. In addition, AHRI
recommended that the language for the
indoor blower coil setup procedure be
refined to recognize that some
incremental setting changes may affect
more than fan speed. AHRI gives the
example that ‘‘some speed tap settings
may equate to a specific duration of fan
delay whereas other settings may
translate to no fan delay.’’ To address
this issue, AHRI recommends that DOE
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
31234
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
make incremental changes to the indoor
blower setting among settings that
provide similar operating features.
AHRI offers two reasons in its May 27,
2008 letter for supporting a greater
tolerance on air volume rate during the
initial setup process: The expanding use
of constant torque motors for central air
conditioners and heat pumps blower
coils, and the effect of barometric
pressure. AHRI states that ‘‘for a given
speed tap, the air volume rate achieved
using a constant torque motor is
comparatively more variable; also the
change in power draw as a function of
an incremental change in the speed tap
is also comparatively greater so the
impact on efficiency will be more
pronounced.’’ Barometric pressure
affects air density and the water vapor
content for a given db/wb combination.
Thus, barometric pressure affects
capacity through both the air volume
rate and the enthalpy change of the air.
As referenced in the AHRI letter,
barometric pressure effects are
especially important, as most
manufacturers’ in-house testing is
conducted at a lower elevation and
typically higher barometric pressure
than at the industry’s primary
independent certification testing
facility.
In response to AHRI’s May 27, 2008
letter, DOE proposes to increase the
tolerance on air volume rate from 5 to
10 percent. In addition, DOE proposes
to adopt AHRI’s recommendation to
refine the indoor blower coil setup
procedure to recognize that some
incremental changes to the setting may
affect more than the fan speed. DOE
used computer modeling and laboratory
data to determine that a 10 percent
difference in air volume rate will cause
total capacity to decrease between 1.3 to
2 percent, while having the total system
power consumption fall between 1 to
1.8 percent for a minimally compliant
system. Because capacity and power
impacts are similar, the EER and SEER
impacts are less. SEER is projected to
decrease between 0.2 and 0.4 percent.
Thus, this proposed change has the
potential to affect the measured capacity
such that it may make it more difficult
to meet the industry certification
program’s 95 percent capacity tolerance.
The impact on the DOE regulated
descriptor of SEER, however, is well
within the measurement uncertainty,
even for the limiting case of a 10percent departure.
DOE requests data and comments
from interested parties on the impact of
the change from 5 to 10 percent
tolerance on air volume rate.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
5. Change the Magnitude of the Test
Operating Tolerance Specified for the
External Resistance to Airflow and the
Nozzle Pressure Drop
The DOE test procedure specifies both
test operating and condition tolerances.
Test operating tolerances indicate the
maximum range that a parameter may
vary during the data collection interval.
For any given test, operating tolerances
are specified for a few different
parameters. For each parameter, the
difference between the highest and
lowest instantaneous measurement for
the data collection interval must not
exceed the specified operating tolerance
in order to constitute a valid test.
The test operating tolerance for
external resistance to airflow is 0.05 in
wc. The test operating tolerance for
nozzle pressure drop is 2.0 percent.
Both tolerances, which apply for all
cooling and heating tests were included
in industry standards (e.g., ASHRAE
Standard 37) that pre-date the first
publication of the DOE central air
conditioner and heat pump test
procedure. The DOE test procedure
adopted the two tolerances at its
inception and has not changed it. For
current industry standards, the
tolerances appear in the 2009 version of
ASHRAE Standard 37.
The two test operating tolerances are
often exceeded when an electronic
pressure transducer is used to measure
differential pressure instantaneously.
The likelihood of exceeding the
tolerance increases with higher
sampling rates and when testing indoor
blowers whose controls actively regulate
operation of the blower’s motor. One
example is a blower with a variablespeed motor designed to maintain the
air volume rate regardless of the airflow
resistance. In contrast, these test
operating tolerances are usually
satisfied if the differential pressures are
measured using liquid manometers. The
fluid provides mechanical damping that
tends to stabilize readings.
DOE proposes to loosen the existing
tolerances from 0.05 to 0.12 in wc for
the test operating tolerance assigned to
the external resistance to airflow and
from 2.0 percent to 8.0 percent for the
nozzle pressure drop tolerance because
the pressure fluctuations are real (10
CFR, subpart B, appendix M, revised
tables 7, 8, 13, 14 and 15). The proposed
changes in the magnitude of the
tolerances are based on limited data
obtained from laboratory testing of a
variable-speed, constant air-volume-rate
blower using electronic pressure
transducers with a 5-second sampling
rate. This data indicated that the current
tolerances could rarely be achieved
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
when using and electronic pressure
transducer instead of a liquid
manometer. Matching or remaining
within the proposed tolerances, by
comparison, was far more achievable.
At this stage, DOE proposes amended
values for the two tolerances rather than
their complete elimination because they
still help assure data is taken during a
period of relatively steady operation.
Additional steps, however, may be
warranted. For example, a prescribed
algorithm for identifying outliers and/or
establishing minimum intervals over
which all instantaneous measurements
are averaged (e.g., minutely averages)
may also be needed to strike the
necessary balance between defining test
tolerances that promote repeatable test
results while not extending test times.
Another option may be to introduce a
mechanical means for damping the high
frequency pressure fluctuations that are
fed to the electronic pressure transducer
to mimic a liquid manometer. Such
damping would be acceptable because
the measurements would still reveal
whether the flow was steady or trending
higher or lower.
DOE seeks comments from interested
parties about the proposal to increase
the test operating tolerance for the
external resistance to airflow from 0.05
to 0.12 in wc and increase the test
operating tolerance for the nozzle
pressure drop from 2.0 percent to 8.0
percent. In addition, comments on
alternative or additional steps to assure
the capacity and electrical power data
are collected over a 30-minute period of
consistent operation are encouraged.
6. Modify Third-Party Testing
Requirements When Charging the Test
Unit
DOE proposes to revise section 2.2.5,
‘‘Additional refrigerant charging
requirements,’’ of the test procedure.
Most of the proposed revisions originate
from the requirements listed in section
9.8.1.1 of the 2008 ARI General
Operations Manual for AHRI
Certification Programs. DOE adopted the
current language in section 2.2.5 of the
DOE test procedure in the October 2005
final rule. The section 2.2.5 text covers
details not addressed in the test
procedure prior to the October 2005
rule, such as charging instructions that
differ for field installations versus
laboratory testing and the procedure for
manufacturers and third-party testing
entities to resolve questions on charging
a particular system. In the months
following publication of that rule, AHRI
members reconsidered refrigerant
charging, mainly within the context of
implementing its third-party
certification program. During the August
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
23, 2006 public meeting, Rheem
Manufacturing Company shared AHRI’s
view of key shortcomings. These
include provisions in section 2.2.5
regarding available options when a unit
is charged and tested by a third party.
These provisions failed to disallow
charge manipulation during the testing
process (e.g., different charging criteria
for the cooling mode tests versus the
heating mode tests).
AHRI provided language from the
current version of the AHRI General
Operations Manual so that all or part of
it may be considered for incorporation
into the DOE test procedure. The
specific AHRI text of interest is as
follows:
9.8.1.1 Test Sample Refrigerant Charge.
All test samples will be charged in
accordance with the following instructions
and those provided in the manufacturers’
Installation and Operational (I/O) Manuals.
Determine refrigerant charge at the
Standard Rating Condition in accordance
with instructions from I/O Manual. For a
given specified range for superheat, subcooling, or refrigerant pressure, the average of
the range shall be used to determine the
refrigerant charge. If multiple instructions are
given, the manufacturer will be asked to sign
off on the preferred method.
The testing laboratory will then add or
subtract the correct amount of refrigerant to
achieve the pre-determined superheat, subcooling, or refrigerant pressure. This single
charge will then be used to conduct all
cooling cycle and heating cycle tests.
Once the correct refrigerant charge is
determined, the test will run until
completion without interruption.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
DOE proposes to adopt selected
elements of the above AHRI procedures.
(10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix
M, section 2.2.5) The proposed changes
promote consistency with current AHRI
certification practices, including
explicitly disallowing charge
manipulation once the initial charging
procedure is completed, while differing
on the approach of addressing cases
where a manufacturer either provides
no instructions or provides more than
one set of charging instructions. In
particular, DOE chose not to implement
a ‘‘sign off’’ option as AHRI uses because
the proposed approach of specifically
addressing the setup procedure in these
two special cases is effective and less
burdensome.
7. Clarify Unit Testing Installation
Instruction and Address Manufacturer
and Third-Party Testing Laboratory
Interactions
DOE proposes to add language to
section 2.2 of the test procedure. The
additions seek to clarify installation
instructions and, when third-party
testing is conducted, to clarify that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
interaction with the manufacturer is
allowed.
The AHRI Certification Program and
the DOE test procedure focus on
different aspects of the rating process.
The AHRI program conducts
verification testing of full production of
randomly sampled units taken from the
manufacturer’s inventory. By
comparison, the DOE test procedure is
typically conducted before a new model
of air conditioner or heat pump is
introduced into the market. Therefore,
testing is usually performed on first
production or pre-production units,
each of which meets the requirement in
10 CFR 430.24 that testing be done on
‘‘units which are production units, or
are representative of production units.’’
When testing pre-production units, the
installation instructions are not
packaged with the unit or perhaps not
even finalized. DOE proposes adding
language on how to handle such cases.
(appendix M, revised section 2.2) Some
of the restrictions on interactions
between third-party testing laboratories
and manufacturers, imposed as part of
the AHRI Certification Program, do not
apply to the DOE test procedure. One
example is AHRI’s General Operations
Manual requirement that ‘‘only
laboratory personnel shall install test
units.’’ The policy is useful to AHRI
because certification testing checks DOE
ratings. AHRI does not want individual
manufacturers to slow the testing
process or reveal information about a
competitor. On the other hand, DOE
will not prohibit a manufacturer from
interacting with a third-party testing
laboratory if the latter is contracted to
perform work similar to in-house
manufacturers. (10 CFR part 430,
subpart B, appendix M, revised section
2.2a) In the event of a DOE enforcement
action, DOE places no restrictions on
manufacturer involvement as long as the
test unit installation and laboratory
testing are conducted in complete
compliance with all other requirements
in the DOE test procedure. The highest
order of these other requirements is to
install the unit according ‘‘the
manufacturer’s installation
instructions,’’ as stated in section 8.2 of
ASHRAE Standard 37, where the first
source for those instructions is the
published literature that comes
packaged with the unit.
This second issue on the allowed
interactions between third-party testing
laboratory and the manufacturer was
addressed in a previous rulemaking (70
FR 59122) but only as it pertained to the
specific installation step of refrigerant
charging (section 2.2.5 of the test
procedure). Because the interaction
applies to the entire installation process,
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31235
DOE proposes to address the issue in
section 2.2 and, as a result, existing
section 2.2.5 language on this topic is
proposed for deletion.
8. When Determining the Cyclic
Degradation Coefficient CD, Correct the
Indoor-Side Temperature Sensors Used
During the Cyclic Test to Align With the
Temperature Sensors Used During the
Companion Steady-State Test, If
Applicable
In the DOE test procedure, the results
from two optional dry-coil cooling mode
tests—one steady-state, one cyclic—
provide the inputs to calculate cooling
mode cyclic degradation coefficient(s),
CcD. For the heating mode, the results
from one of the required steady-state
tests plus the results from an optional
cyclic test are used to calculate the
heating mode cyclic degradation
coefficient, ChD. In all cases, the two
tests for calculating a cyclic degradation
coefficient are conducted consecutively,
with the steady-state test conducted
first.
Both the steady-state (10 CFR part
430, subpart B, appendix M, sections 3.4
and 3.7) and cyclic (10 CFR part 430,
subpart B, appendix M, sections 3.5 and
3.8) CD tests require calculating the
change in the db temperature on the
indoor side. To complete these
measurements, the laboratory test setup
includes redundant sets of temperature
sensors and associated instrumentation.
In many cases, one set of temperature
sensors provides the primary
measurement of the change in db
temperature for all steady-state tests,
while the second set provides the same
primary measurement for all transient
tests, including the cyclic CD test. Using
two sets of temperature sensors allows
highly accurate measurements during
the steady-state test; comparatively less
accurate but necessarily fasterresponding measurements are achieved
during the transient tests. The DOE test
procedure refers to ASHRAE Standard
41.1–1986 (RA 2001) for
recommendations and requirements on
making these temperature
measurements.
Cyclic degradation coefficients are
used to obtain a relationship between
part-load factor (PLF) and the percent
on-time of the unit. PLF is a ratio of the
cyclic to the steady-state EER. The
consecutive CD tests are used to obtain
one point on the PLF versus percent ontime plot. Because the results of the
consecutive CD tests define a ratio, the
preferred testing approach is to limit
differences between the two tests. Using
one set of instrumentation to measure
the change in the db air temperature
entering and leaving the indoor unit
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
An updated FCD value shall be
recalculated every minute or after each
data sample, whichever occurs later. In
addition, each recalculated ratio shall be
based on the same number of data
samples and same elapsed time as used
for the first FCD. For the example case
of a sampling rate of 1 minute or less,
the first FCD shall be based on data
collected from elapsed time of 0 to 6
minutes, the second from 1 to 7
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
The value of FCD shall be used only
to adjust the set CYC temperature
difference measurement from the cyclic
CD test that immediately follows the
steady-state CD test that yields the
correlation factor. The FCD determined
and applied for one set of consecutive
CD tests shall not be used to adjust the
set CYC temperature difference
measured during a second cyclic CD test
or during a frost accumulation test.
DOE proposes to decrease the
minimum sampling rate of the db
temperature difference from the current
value of every 10 minutes to every 5
minutes to obtain a more representative
value of FCD. As an extension of this
modification, DOE proposes to change
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the long-standing minimum sampling
rate for all steady-state tests from 10 to
5 minutes. The 10-minute sampling
interval rate allows time for some
measurements to be hand-recorded.
Improved test quality and results,
advances in electronic instrumentation,
and the low cost of computer-based
versus manual recording justify the
minimum sampling rate change.
DOE seeks comments from interested
parties on the introduction and
calculation of the cyclic degradation
correlation factor. DOE also seeks
comments on the change in sampling
rate from 10 to 5 minutes.
9. Clarify Inputs for the Demand Defrost
Credit Equation
The demand defrost credit (Fdef) is a
direct multiplier within the HSPF
calculation Eq. 4.2–1 in the DOE test
procedure. The factor provides nominal
credit for heat pumps with a demand
defrost control system. Systems that
meet DOE requirements in test
procedure definition 1.21, ‘‘demand
defrost control system,’’ qualify for this
credit. The multiplier has a value
between 1.00 and 1.03, which is a 0 to
3 percent increase in the HSPF rating.
The credit is evaluated using the
following equation from section 3.9.2 of
the DOE test procedure:
⎡ Δτ def − 1.5 ⎤
Fdef = 1 + 0.03 × ⎢1 −
⎥
⎣ Δτ max − 1.5 ⎦
Where:
Δtdef = time between defrost terminations (in
hours) or 1.5, whichever is greater, and
Δtmax = maximum time between defrosts as
allowed by the controls (in hours) or 12,
whichever is less.
The demand defrost credit was
incorporated into the test procedure
during the rulemaking completed in
March 1988 and has remained
unchanged. 53 FR 8319. DOE
mistakenly overlooked inputs to this
equation during the most recent test
procedure final rulemaking, in which
DOE shortened the maximum duration
of all frost accumulation tests from 12
to 6 hours. DOE has since considered
two options for calculating the credit:
(1) Update the evaluation of Δtmax to
read ‘‘maximum time between defrosts
as allowed by the controls (in hours) or
6 hours, whichever is less;’’ and
(2) reinforce that the current form of the
equation still applies and, when a
defrost cycle is not completed before the
maximum time, assign Δtdef the value of
6 hours. DOE proposes to adopt this
second option in today’s notice.
As discussed in the October 2007
final rule, the change from a maximum
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.239
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
FCD = ΔT(Set SS) ΔT(Set CYC)
minutes, the third from 2 to 8 minutes,
and so on.
Upper and lower limits are proposed
for FCD to provide a uniform basis as to
how much the two temperature
measurements may deviate. The
proposed allowable range of FCD is 0.94
to 1.06. Laboratories that sample at a
rate of every minute or less can evaluate
the first FCD as soon as 6 minutes after
the start of the normal 30-minute data
collection period. If this first or any
subsequent value of FCD is outside the
proposed application range of 0.94 to
1.06, then the testing laboratory can
make a decision to abort the test in
advance of completing the 30-minute
data collection period. By comparison,
if a 5-minute sample rate is used, FCD
falling within the allowed range will
remain unknown until the 30-minute
data collection period is completed. In
this case, up to 24 minutes of laboratory
testing time may be lost from a longer
wait to evaluate compliance.
If the value of FCD at the conclusion
of the 30-minute period (saved FCD) falls
outside the range of 1.0 ± 0.6, then the
test sequence must be terminated, and
steps taken to improve the agreement
between the sets SS and CYC
instrumentation. Calibration of one or
both sets of instrumentation in
accordance with ASHRAE Standard
41.1 may be necessary. Once the
remedial steps are complete, the steadystate CD test shall be repeated. For cases
within the accepted range, the saved
FCD shall thereafter be used during the
cyclic CD test to adjust the indoor-side
temperature difference or a timeintegrated value of the same determined
using the set CYC instrumentation. For
example, with respect to section 3.5 of
Appendix M, the equation for the
integrated, indoor-side air temperature
difference will be written as follows:
EP02JN10.303
during the steady-state CD test and a
different set for the companion cyclic
CD test is a source of potential bias.
To avoid conflict, DOE may require
that the same temperature measurement
instrumentation be used for both
consecutive CD tests. The Standards
Project Committee revising ASHRAE
Standard 116, ‘‘Methods of Testing for
Rating Seasonal Efficiency of Unitary
Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps,’’
considered this alternative but chose to
make it a recommendation, not a
requirement (see clause 5.1.4 of
ASHRAE Standard 116–1995R, ‘‘Method
of Testing for Rating Seasonal Efficiency
of Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat
Pumps,’’ First Public Review draft). A
second option is to correlate the
instrumentation used for the primary
measurement of the temperature
difference of the cyclic CD test to that
used for the primary measurement
during the steady-state CD test. Some
industry members have implemented
this correlation approach and found that
it improves repeatability.
DOE proposes to require a correlation
step for testing laboratories that use
different instrumentation to measure the
change in the db temperature of the air
entering and leaving the indoor unit
during the steady-state CD test versus
the cyclic CD test. This correlation step
is conducted during the steady-state CD
test. During the test, both sets of
instrumentation—those sensors
providing the primary measurement
during the steady-state (set SS) and
during the cyclic (set CYC) tests—
measure the indoor-side air db
temperature difference. For both sets of
instrumentation, measurements made at
equal intervals that span 5 minutes or
less determine the temperature
difference. Once the 30-minute data
collection period begins for the steadystate CD test, an average temperature
difference is calculated based on the
sets SS and CYC instrumentation after a
minimum of 7 data samples and 6
minutes or more. The average
temperature differences are then used to
calculate the CD correlation factor, FCD:
EP02JN10.304
31236
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
test duration of 12 to 6 hours rarely
affected testing; when it did, there was
a negligible impact on the calculation of
the average heating capacity and power
consumption at a 35 °F outdoor
temperature. The main reason for
changing the maximum limit to 6 hours
was to reduce the test burden when frost
did not build on the outdoor coil. The
frost accumulation tests at low-capacity
for two-capacity heat pumps and at the
intermediate compressor speed for
variable-speed units are the two leading
cases where this revision may help
reduce that burden. Since the institution
of this change, DOE has not received
any comments or information about the
effects on heating capacity or power.
Shortening the maximum duration of
the frost accumulation test affects heat
pumps that would otherwise conduct a
defrost after 6 but before 12 hours in
two ways. First, as recognized during
the October 2007 final rule process,
such heat pumps benefit slightly from
not having a defrost cycle factored into
their average heating capacity
calculation. Second, they earn a higher
demand defrost credit than they would
have earned previously. As a worst case
(e.g., unit’s demand defrost controls
actuate at 11.999 hours while the unit’s
maximum duration is 12 hours or more),
the approximated demand defrost credit
is now 1.017 compared to the ‘‘true’’
value of 1.000.
In summary, the proposed rule
includes additional language clarifying
that manufacturers must assign Δtdef the
value of 6 hours if this limit is reached
during a frost accumulation test and the
heat pump has not completed a defrost
cycle. A sentence is also added to
indicate that the manufacturer must
provide the value of Δtmax.
DOE seeks comments from interested
parties on this proposal for calculating
the demand defrost credit (Fdef) for cases
where the Frost Accumulation Test is
terminated because the heat pump does
not initiate a defrost within the
maximum allowed 6-hour heating
interval.
10. Add Calculations for Sensible Heat
Ratio
SHR is a parameter that indicates the
relative contributions of the air
conditioner’s or heat pump’s cooling
output that reduces the db temperature
of the air (i.e., sensible cooling) to the
cooling output that reduces the moisture
content in the air (i.e., latent cooling).
The parameter is calculated by dividing
the sensible cooling capacity by the total
cooling capacity. Total cooling capacity
is the sum of the sensible and latent
cooling capacities. For example, an SHR
of 0.75 indicates that 75 percent of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
cooling is sensible and 25 percent is
latent.
The DOE test procedure considers
total building cooling loads and total
cooling equipment capacities as part of
the SEER calculation. The cooling load
and capacity are not divided into their
sensible and latent components. Based
on historical data, equipment SHRs
have remained relatively unchanged as
equipment SEER ratings have increased.
In addition, cooling equipment has
historically provided a reasonable
match to the sensible and latent loads of
the building or residence. However,
better insulation of homes and small
commercial buildings has helped reduce
sensible building loads. Particularly in
more humid climates, this reduction in
the sensible building load can make the
latent building load more prominent.
SHR differences among equipment
having approximately the same SEER
have always existed. For example, 2001
Amrane, Hourahan, and Potts data
reported in the January 2003 ASHRAE
Journal (pp. 28–31) show SHR values
that vary by at least 0.10 for a given
SEER value. When humidity control is
a concern, consumers and their
contractors may wish to know the SHRs
of different units to make a more
informed decision.
The measurements required to
calculate the SHR from a DOE wet-coil
cooling mode test are taken as part of
the DOE test procedure. In fact,
manufacturers and independent testing
laboratories routinely determine SHR.
DOE proposes to add the SHR
calculation to its test procedure to
endorse the calculation and its
continued use explicitly. (10 CFR part
430, subpart B, appendix M, revised
section 3.3c and proposed section 4.5)
11. Incorporate Changes to Cover
Testing and Rating of Ducted Systems
Having More Than One Indoor Blower
The majority of residential central air
conditioners and heat pumps employ a
single blower and a single refrigerant-toair coil. Typical multi- and some minisplits use more than one indoor unit,
with the indoor units using one blower
and one coil. However, a newer type of
residential central system that uses
more indoor blowers than indoor coils
does not follow this one-to-one blowerto-coil ratio.
The multi-blower design facilitates
zoning when the system responds to
more than one thermostat. Associated
with the zoning feature are capacity
modulation and variations in electrical
power consumption. The first and more
limited means of affecting capacity and
power use is controlling the number of
indoor blowers that are turned on and,
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31237
where applicable, altering the blower’s
speed (if equipped with a multi-stage or
variable-speed motor). The second and
broader means of affecting power
consumption occurs in systems that use
a single outdoor unit equipped with a
two-stage compressor or in systems
consisting of two outdoor units, each
having single-speed compressors.
DOE proposes modifications to cover
the testing and rating of systems using
a multi-blower indoor unit. These
systems will be treated as if all zones
depend on outdoor temperature such
that they respond to the same load
profile as a single-zone system. DOE test
procedure algorithms for covering twocapacity units and systems having a
single-speed compressor with a
variable-air-volume rate indoor blower
would provide the basis for the
algorithms that address systems with a
multi-blower indoor unit (10 CFR 430,
subpart B, appendix M, revised sections
2.2.3, 2.4.1, 3.1.4.1.1, 3.1.4.2, 3.1.4.4.2,
3.1.4.5, 3.2.2, 3.2.2.1, and 3.6.2;
proposed sections 3.2.6, 3.6.7, 4.1.5, and
4.2.7; and revised tables 4 and 10).
On August 28, 2008, DOE published
a decision and order granting a waiver
from the DOE Residential Central Air
Conditioner and Heat Pump Test
Procedure for a line of multi-blower
indoor units that may be combined with
one single-speed heat pump outdoor
unit, one two-capacity heat pump
outdoor unit, or two separate singlespeed heat pump outdoor units. 73 FR
50787–50797. For the two separate
single-speed outdoor units, the chosen
indoor coil contains two independent
refrigeration circuits, each fed by one of
the outdoor units.
The above-referenced waiver covers
products that use two to eight indoor
blowers with a single- or dual-circuit
indoor coil. To simplify the testing and
rating algorithm, DOE structured the
waiver so that each system was
evaluated with all and with half of the
indoor blowers operating. DOE did not
consider any other potential blower
combinations. For systems offering
compressor modulation, a high-stage
compressor operation was evaluated
only when all blowers were on, and the
low-stage was evaluated with half the
blowers on.
DOE proposes to amend the test
procedure to allow the coverage of
systems that use a multi-blower indoor
unit to address the same type of
equipment covered by the test
procedure waiver granted to Cascade
Group, LLC.
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
31238
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
12. Add Changes To Cover TripleCapacity, Northern Heat Pumps
On February 5, 2010, DOE granted
Hallowell International a waiver from
the DOE test procedure on how to test
and rate its line of boosted compression
heat pumps. (24 FR 6014–6018) These
heat pumps offer three stages of
compressor capacity when heating, with
the third stage being designed to
provide greater heating capacity at the
lowest outdoor temperatures. The
approved waiver contained additional
laboratory tests and calculations steps
that were specific to obtaining an HSPF
rating for the Hallowell heat pumps. No
changes to the DOE test procedure were
required to evaluate the SEER for these
heat pumps. The test procedure sections
covering two-capacity systems when
operating in a cooling mode are
applicable for the Hallowell heat
pumps.
Proposed test procedure amendments
are offered as part of this rulemaking to
cover heat pumps that provide three
levels or stages of heating capacity like
the Hallowell units. The proposals seek
to cover the more generic case of such
technology.. The proposal includes,
additional laboratory testing to capture
the effect on both capacity and power of
the additional stage of heating
operations.. The proposed building load
assigned by HSPF calculations requires
evaluation based on the application in
which high-stage compressor capacity
for heating exceeds that for cooling.
Finally, the proposed coverage accounts
for controls that lock out one or two
heating mode capacity levels at any
given outdoor temperature. Once these
proposals are incorporated into the test
procedure, the need for a waiver will be
eliminated and the requirements will
apply to all manufacturers who offer
equipment with this technology.
DOE proposes adding two required
steady-state tests to quantify the heating
capacity and power consumption
characteristics of the third stage of
heating. One test would be conducted at
the existing outdoor temperature test
condition of 17 °F db/15 °F wb
temperature (H33). The second test
would be at a new outdoor test
condition (H43), 2 °F db/1 °F wb. This
proposed outdoor temperature
condition is slightly higher than the 0 °F
db/¥2 °F wb condition proposed by
Hallowell and cited in the approved
waiver. The alternative condition is
proposed with the intent of specifying a
test condition that is marginally more
achievable for testing laboratories.
Finally, two optional tests are proposed,
a Frost Accumulation Test and a cyclic
test with the heat pump operating at its
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
third or boosted compression stage (10
CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix M,
proposed section 3.6.6).
DOE is proposing equations for
calculating the capacity and electrical
power consumption of the heat pump as
a function of the outdoor temperature
when operating at its highest stage of
compressor capacity. As part of the
proposal, the heating building load used
in the HSPF calculation, would also be
based on the capacity measured during
the H1 test condition (47 °F db/43 °F wb
outdoor temperatures). The compressor
would operate at the same speed or
stage as in the (A2) cooling mode test at
95 °F outdoor db. The HSPF calculation
algorithm would be an extension of the
approach currently used in the DOE test
procedure for two-capacity heat pumps.
The active stages of heating capacity
available for each bin temperature
calculation would be based on the
control logic of the unit (10 CFR part
430, subpart B, appendix M, proposed
section 4.2.6).
DOE seeks comments from interested
parties on the inclusion of test
procedure amendments to cover heat
pumps that offer three stages of
compressor capacity when heating.
13. Specify Requirements for the LowVoltage Transformer Used when Testing
Coil-Only Air Conditioners and Heat
Pumps and Require Metering of All
Sources of Energy Consumption During
All Tests
The transformer that powers the lowvoltage components of a field-installed
hot-air furnace and add-on (coil-only)
air conditioner or heat pump resides in
the furnace. A coil-only air conditioner
or heat pump with a hot-air furnace is
not typically laboratory tested. As a
result, the DOE test procedure does not
specify the low-voltage source of power
for the compressor contactor, control
boards, and most heat pump reversing
valves. Because the test procedure does
not stipulate metering requirements, the
associated power consumption is
typically unmetered, which makes the
choice of the transformer used
inconsequential. A 100 volt amp (VA)
transformer powered by a 230 V input
works as well as a 40 VA model
powered by a 115 V input.
Because coil-only equipment mainly
competes against like equipment, not
accounting for low-voltage components’
power consumption in the past was not
a glaring deficiency as the comparable
impact on SEER and HSPF ratings.
However, in seeking to account for all
modes and sources of energy
consumption as per section 310 of EISA
2007, DOE proposes that the energy
consumption of low-voltage
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
components of coil-only systems be
measured and included in the
applicable rating descriptors. DOE
anticipates needing to specify a VA
rating for the transformer used for
laboratory testing, while requiring that
the input voltage be the same as that
provided to the outdoor unit (e.g.,
230 V).
An indoor wall thermostat is not
typically used for laboratory testing of a
central air conditioner or heat pump.
For this rulemaking, DOE considered
but decided against assigning a default
power value to account for the absence
of the wall thermostat. Some
thermostats use no power or are battery
powered. If a low-voltage-powered
electronic thermostat is used, its power
consumption is often low, usually less
than a watt or two. In most cases, an air
conditioner or heat pump can be
installed in a system that includes a
variety of wall thermostats. It is not
possible to know the type of thermostat
that will be used or its power
consumption.
For testing coil-only air conditioners
and heat pumps, DOE proposes that the
power consumption of the low-voltage
system components be metered.
Additionally, the transformer would be
rated to provide 24 V, have a load rating
of either 40 or 50 VA, and would be
designed to operate with a primary
input of 230 V, single phase, 60 hertz.
The transformer may be powered by the
same source as the outdoor unit or a
separate 230 V source. The key
requirement is that the instrument
measuring the transformer’s power
consumption during the off mode power
or any other test must do so within the
prescribed measurement accuracy.
14. Add Testing Procedures and
Calculations for Off Mode Energy
Consumption
SEER is a seasonal descriptor that
accounts for all (modes of) energy
consumption that occurs during the
cooling season, including times when
the air conditioner or heat pump is
cycled off because the building
thermostat is satisfied. HSPF is a
seasonal descriptor for heat pumps that
accounts for all (modes of) energy
consumption during the heating season.
The current test procedure does not
cover the energy consumption of an air
conditioner during the heating season
when the unit is typically turned off at
the thermostat but its controls and
protective devices remain energized.
The current test procedure also does not
account for a complete 8,760-hour year
as part of the annual cost calculation. As
documented in appendix A of ASHRAE
Standard 137–2009, ‘‘Method of Testing
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
for Efficiency of Space-Conditioning/
Water Heating Appliances that Include
a Desuperheater Water Heater,’’ the
combination of the location-specific
cooling and heating load hours used in
the annual cost calculation is less than
8,760. The missing hours correspond to
the intervals during which space
conditioning is not required because the
outdoor temperature is moderate, as
during the shoulder seasons that occur
between the cooling and heating
seasons. Neither SEER nor HSPF
account for energy consumed during the
shoulder seasons.
To provide a means for more clearly
accounting for the energy consumption
during the shoulder seasons and, for air
conditioners, the energy consumption
during the heating season, DOE
proposes to define that such times occur
when the air conditioner or heat pump
is in an ‘‘off mode.’’ DOE proposes the
following definition.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
The term ‘‘off mode’’ means:
(1) For air conditioners, all times during
the non-cooling season of an air conditioner.
This mode includes the ‘‘shoulder seasons’’
between the cooling and heating seasons
when the unit provides neither heating nor
cooling to the building plus the entire
heating season, when the unit is idle. The air
conditioner is assumed to remain connected
to its main power source at all times during
the off mode; and
(2) For heat pumps, all times during the
non-cooling and non-heating seasons of a
heat pump. This mode includes the
‘‘shoulder seasons’’ between the cooling and
heating seasons when the unit provides
neither heating nor cooling to the building.
The heat pump is assumed to remain
connected to its main power source at all
times during the off mode.
Notably, the above proposed
definition differs from the one provided
in section 310 of EISA 2007, which
amended section 325(gg)(1)(A) of EPCA.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(1)(A)) This section
of EPCA applies to a wide range of
covered products, and as a result, the
definitions for off-mode, active mode,
and standby mode are relatively general
in order to address all possible energy
consuming modes. Rather than
introduce alternative definitions for all
of these modes within the central air
conditioner and heat pump test
procedure, DOE proposes modifying
only the definition for off-mode as part
of this rulemaking.
DOE proposes new laboratory tests
and a separate calculation algorithm for
estimating the energy consumption
during the off-mode season. The new
tests and calculations are used to
determine an average power
consumption for the collective shoulder
seasons and, for air conditioners, an
average power consumption during the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
heating season. The shoulder season’s
off-mode power consumption will be
designated as P1, which affects both air
conditioner and heat pump energy
usage. The heating season off-mode
power consumption will be designated
as P2, which only affects air conditioner
energy usage.
(10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix
M, proposed section 3.13)
DOE has determined that it is not
technically feasible to integrate offmode energy use into the SEER and
HSPF metrics because they are both
seasonal descriptors. These seasonal
descriptors should not be used to
account for the out-of-season of offmode energy consumption—i.e., the
energy consumed during the shoulder
seasons and during the heating season.
To do so would alter the basis of SEER
and HSPF. The basis for the integrated
SEER for an air conditioner would be
annual performance, while the basis for
the integrated SEER and HSPF for a heat
pump would be part-year performance.
Annual and part-year bases for SEER
and HSPF are inconsistent with the
definitions of these regulating metrics.
Moreover, the difference in bases,
annual for the air conditioner versus
part-year for the heat pump, disallows
the use of the integrated SEER for
comparing an air conditioner to a heat
pump. Therefore, to maintain the
technical integrity of SEER and HSPF
and to account for off-mode (off season)
energy consumption, DOE has
developed a separate algorithm to
calculate the off-mode (off season)
energy consumption.
The proposed P1 and P2 parameters
are used to evaluate the off-mode energy
consumption for any generalized
climatic region or specific location.
The shoulder season average off-mode
power P1 (for air conditioners and heat
pumps) would be multiplied by the
appropriate shoulder season hours to
obtain the energy consumed during the
collective shoulder seasons. For air
conditioners during the heating season,
the average off-mode power P2 would
be multiplied by the applicable heating
season hours to obtain the energy
consumed. The calculation of an air
conditioner’s annual energy
consumption and annual operating cost
would include both the shoulder season
energy consumption and the energy
consumed during the heating season.
For heat pumps, the energy
consumption during the shoulder
seasons would be included in the
calculation of the annual energy
consumption and annual operating cost.
As part of today’s notice, DOE
provides the actual hours associated
with cooling, heating, and the collective
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31239
shoulder seasons for six generalized
climatic regions currently defined in the
test procedure. DOE also includes actual
hours that correspond to the 1,000
cooling load and the 2,080 heating load
hours referenced in 10 CFR 430.23(m),
‘‘Test procedures for the measurement of
energy and water consumption—central
air conditioners and heat pumps,’’ as the
representative average use cycles.
Additionally, DOE provides equations
for calculating the actual hours for the
cooling, heating, and collective shoulder
seasons corresponding to any cooling
and heating load hour combination.
As noted above, it is not technically
feasible to use SEER and HSPF to
account for the off-mode energy use.
SEER and HSPF are the seasonal
performance descriptors for the cooling
and heating seasons, respectively.
Moreover, such changes would have a
deleterious impact on the manufacturer
and confuse the consumer. Air
conditioners and heat pumps would no
longer be comparable and their energy
efficiency values would only apply to
similar climactic regions (i.e. one
specific combination of cooling season
hours, heating season hours, and
shoulder season hours). If these energy
efficiency values were integrated, SEER
would be different in Maine than in
Florida for similar air conditioner
design. Therefore, additional
precautions would be required to make
sure the manufacturer only labels the
units with a ‘‘locally integrated’’ SEER
when selling a unit. This new
complexity would require the consumer
to have a technically pertinent
knowledge to make an informed
purchasing decision.
DOE seeks comments from interested
parties about off-mode power
consumption, its definition, and how
DOE proposes to add it to the test
procedure.
15. Add Parameters for Establishing
Regional Standards
Implementation of regional standards
for central air conditioners and heat
pumps is allowed if justified. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(6)(D)(i)) Before DOE can
establish regional standards it must
fulfill two statutory requirements: (1)
That the establishment of additional
regional standards will produce
significant energy savings in
comparison to establishing only a single
national standard; and (2) that the
additional regional standards are
economically justified. DOE has
considered regional standards from two
perspectives: (1) Using the existing
SEER and/or HSPF rating but setting the
regional standard higher than the
national standard; and (2) evaluating the
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
31240
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
regional SEER and/or HSPF using a
different algorithm and establishing a
standard based on this region-specific
SEER and/or HSPF. As part of its
standards rulemaking, DOE is
considering the merits of both
alternatives. Notably, DOE does not
have authority to use a performance
metric other than SEER and HSPF to
quantify performance, either as part of
a national rating or as part of a regional
rating. EER and COP, for example,
cannot be used.
To consider a standard based on a
region-specific SEER and/or HSPF, DOE
must implement changes to the test
procedure. Proposed test procedure
changes are itemized below. These
proposed changes were formulated
based on the framework specified in
EISA 2007 and from the results of the
preliminary analysis conducted as part
of the standards rulemaking. For that
framework, section 306 of EISA 2007
permits DOE to establish up to two
regional standards for cooling products
in addition to the national standard. (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(6)(B)) Further, individual
States shall be placed only into a single
region. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(6)(C)(iii)) In
response, DOE has tentatively decided
to limit its consideration of regional
standards to cooling-dominated
contiguous States and, in addition, to
focus only on a region-specific SEER,
not HSPF. The natural division of the
cooling-dominated region is an eastwest partitioning where the eastern
region generically qualifies as having a
hot, humid climate, where the western
region may be generically categorized as
hot and dry.
SEER, which has and will continue to
be used to establish the national
standard, is evaluated based on indoor
test conditions of 80 °F db/67 °F wb.
These conditions would be suitable to
evaluate performance when the
equipment is applied in the proposed
hot-humid region. As a result, test
procedure changes are not necessary to
complement a potential hot-humid
regional standard. As currently planned,
any hot-humid regional standard would
be based on the current SEER algorithm.
The final SEER assigned to the hothumid regional standard, however,
could be higher than the value assigned
for the national standard.
As for the proposed hot-dry region,
DOE identified States that could be
included in this region. These States
and the basis for their selection is
described in the technical support
document (TSD) prepared as part of the
development of the residential central
air conditioners and heat pumps
standards. For this region, DOE is
considering the option of establishing a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
regional SEER standard based on a
region-specific SEER rating (i.e., SEER
or SEER Hot-Dry (SEER–HD)). The
subsections that follow discuss test
procedure elements that offer
mechanisms for capturing equipment
performance in a climate that differs
from the average climate represented in
the national SEER rating. Until DOE
finalizes the list of States in the targeted
region, some numbers and inputs are
subject to change.
a. Use a Bin Method for Single-Speed
SEER Calculations for the Hot-Dry
Region and National Rating
The bin calculation structure
currently used in the DOE test
procedure for calculating the SEER of
two-capacity and variable-speed
systems accounts for the effects of
outdoor db temperature (including a
shift in the frequency of occurrence), the
equipment sizing criteria, and an
alternative building load profile. The
bin calculation method allows a
mechanism to evaluate the relative
impact of installing an air conditioner or
heat pump in different climates,
including a hot climate.
The simple short-cut equation
provided in the DOE test procedure for
rating most single-speed systems
typically yields a SEER value that is
close to the SEER value obtained using
the temperature bin method; i.e., if the
fractional bin hour distribution, the
sizing criteria, and the building load
line algorithm are the national average
values. As deviations to this specific
case are introduced, however, the bin
calculated SEER will change
accordingly while the short-cut SEER
will remain unchanged and equal to the
value that results from the calculations
in 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix
M, section 4.1.1. Thus, the current
short-cut SEER method cannot be used
if any calculation parameter changes.
Three potentially differentiating
parameters of the proposed hot-dry
region are the addition of operating
hours at bin temperatures above the
current maximum of 102 °F, an
appreciable redistribution in the
percentage of hours occurring in each
5 °F outdoor temperature bin, and a
different outdoor design temperature.
To account for the dryness of the region,
in addition, cooling capacity and
electrical power can be based on
performance achieved when operating
with comparatively drier indoor
conditions. Because of these projected
departures, DOE proposes a bin
calculation method for evaluating the
region-specific SEER for all types of
systems, including those units having a
single-speed compressor.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The proposed SEER–HD temperature
bin method will use a single set of new
fractional bin hours representative of
the applicable contiguous States. A
revised outdoor design temperature
would be used in defining the building
load for each temperature bin. The zeroload balance point will remain at 65 °F,
and the assumed oversizing would
remain at 10 percent. The assumed
linear relationship between outdoor db
temperature and building load would
also remain. The performance of the air
conditioner or heat pump as a function
of outdoor db temperature would be
based on operating at indoor ambient
conditions comparatively drier than
those used for the national rating.
With the planned institution of a bin
calculation method for all systems when
determining the SEER–HD, DOE
proposes to eliminate the use of the
short-cut method for all single-speed
systems when determining the national
SEER, replacing it with the bin
calculation algorithm on which the
short-cut method is based. The benefits
of this proposed transition include
consistency between rating fixed speed
and modulating systems, an increase in
the potential impact of the A Test
relative to the B Test, avoidance of
potential confusion about the validity
and basis of the short-cut method,
elimination of concerns that the shortcut method often yields a slightly higher
SEER than the bin method for current
equipment, and consistency between
the calculation of the national SEER and
regional SEER–HD (10 CFR part 430,
subpart B, appendix M, revised sections
4.1 and 4.1.1).
b. Add New Hot-Dry Region Bin Data
An important component for
implementing a new SEER–HD rating is
defining a representative set of outdoor
temperature data for the cooling season.
This data set is the fractional bin hours
assigned to each 5 °F temperature bin.
Using TMY2 weather data combined
with the calculated building load for
each temperature bin (based on using
the ASHRAE 1 percent design dry-bulb
temperature for specific location in
place of the 95 °F used in the DOE test
procedure), DOE generated cooling load
profiles for cities within those States
being considered as part of the hot-dry
region. Using population-based
weighting factors for each TMY
location, DOE calculated a populationaveraged annual cooling load profile
and a corresponding fractional bin hour
distribution.
Table III.2 lists the proposed cooling
season fractional bin hour distribution
for the hot-dry region under the column
heading SEER–HD (for basis of this
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
31241
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
table, see chapter 7 of the preliminary
TSD of the central air conditioner
standards rulemaking). For comparison,
the current DOE test procedure cooling
season fractional bin hour distribution
is shown along with the cooling load
profiles calculated from each bin hour
distribution. To three decimal places,
the cooling season fractional bin hours
for the SEER–HD in the 110 to 114 °F
temperature bin is shown as 0.000;
however, the actual bin hour fraction,
0.0002, resulted in a 0.001 annual
cooling load fraction as shown in the
rightmost column. DOE requests
comments on the chart below.
TABLE III.2—PROPOSED FOUR-STATE HOT-DRY REGION: ARIZONA, CALIFORNIA, NEW MEXICO, NEVADA
Cooling season fractional
bin hours
Temperature °F
DOE PT.430
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
65–69 ...............................................................................................................
70–74 ...............................................................................................................
75–79 ...............................................................................................................
80–84 ...............................................................................................................
85–89 ...............................................................................................................
90–94 ...............................................................................................................
95–99 ...............................................................................................................
100–104 ...........................................................................................................
105–109 ...........................................................................................................
110–114 ...........................................................................................................
c. Add Optional Testing at the A and B
Test Conditions With the Unit in a HotDry Region Setup
Bin calculations account for how the
air conditioner or heat pump’s total
cooling capacity and electrical power
consumption change with outdoor
temperature (and, for modulating
systems, with the compressor’s capacity
or speed). During the cooling season for
the proposed hot-dry region, the air
conditioner or heat pump will operate
mostly when comparatively less latent
cooling is needed. By comparison, the
performance data from the currently
required laboratory tests (Tests A and B
for single-speed systems) correspond to
indoor test conditions that result in a
fully wetted coil and a significant
amount of latent cooling (typically 20 to
30 percent of the total capacity). The
electrical power consumption and EER
of a system operating with a fully
wetted coil also differ slightly from the
values obtained from operating with a
partially wetted or dry coil.
In addition to evaluating the SEER–
HD using the same performance data
used to calculate the national SEER, at
least two other options are available:
specify hot-dry, steady-state cooling
mode tests (where indoor conditions are
representative of such an installation),
or test at the same indoor conditions
currently specified for the dry-coil tests
used to determine the cooling mode
cyclic degradation coefficient(s).
To determine the potential impact
that the indoor conditions (wb
temperature) may have on the new
SEER–HD rating, DOE conducted
sample calculations for the bracketing
cases. A unit with a tested national
SEER of 13.6 would earn a SEER–HD of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
0.214
0.231
0.216
0.161
0.104
0.052
0.018
0.004
0.000
0.000
13 using the 80 °F/67 °F data and a
SEER–HD of 11 using the dry-coil data.
The first drop reflects the effects of the
fractional bin hour distribution and a
different outdoor design temperature for
the hot-dry region. The second drop
captures the impact of using dryinstead of wet-coil data. The magnitude
of the latter drop persuaded DOE to
explore a different option.
Acknowledging the greater test burden,
DOE seeks to specify conditions more
representative of a hot-dry region
installation.
Lacking any contrary data or
comments supporting an indoor db
temperature for the hot-dry region tests
greater than the 80 °F db temperature
used for standard SEER tests, DOE
proposes to use the 80 °F db temperature
to minimize the increased test burden.
For the companion wb test condition,
DOE considered four values: 63 °F,
64 °F, 64.5 °F, and 65 °F. These
candidate wb temperatures were
selected based upon published reports
of field data collected in California drier
climate zones, a review of indoor test
conditions selected for hot-dry testing
by private and university researchers,
and the practical aspect of
differentiating from the current test
condition of 67 °F wb temperature
(Proctor Engineering Group, Ltd., ‘‘Hot
Dry Climate Air Conditioner [HDAC]
Proof of Concept [POC]—Final 3-Ton
Laboratory Test Analysis Report,’’ Draft
Report, July 13, 2006 and Southern
California Edison, Proctor Engineering
Group Ltd., and Bevilacqua-Knight, Inc.,
‘‘Energy Performance of Hot, Dry
Optimized Air-Conditioning Systems,’’
PIER Final Project Report, CEC–500–
2008–056, July 2008). DOE today
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
SEER–HD
0.477
0.208
0.119
0.086
0.047
0.027
0.021
0.011
0.004
0.000
Resulting cooling load profile
DOE PT.430
0.036
0.137
0.220
0.232
0.194
0.119
0.049
0.013
0.000
0.000
SEER–HD
0.115
0.175
0.172
0.176
0.124
0.088
0.082
0.050
0.018
0.001
proposes to use an indoor wb
temperature of 64 °F because it lies at
the midpoint of the considered range.
The effect of outdoor temperature on
cooling capacity and power
consumption can be approximated by a
linear fit when calculating the national
SEER using a bin method. As such, DOE
prefers testing at two different outdoor
temperatures, with all other operating
parameters constant. Ideally, the two
temperatures should provide a range of
application to maximize interpolation
values and minimize extrapolation. The
national SEER test pair of 82 °F and
95 °F approach the specified criterion
for singlespeed units, for the high
capacity of two-capacity units, and for
the maximum speed of variable-speed
systems. The test pair of 67 °F and 82 °F
for the low capacity performance of twocapacity units and for the minimum
speed performance of variable-speed
systems provide the same utility.
Because of the availability of the
national SEER wet-coil test data, the
need to minimize the test burden, and
the fact that the performance ratings
only apply to the hot-dry regional
climate, DOE seeks to minimize the
number of new required tests.
Therefore, DOE proposes a combination
of required and optional tests. Instead of
conducting optional tests, DOE proposes
using simplified approximating
equations to capture the change in
performance as the outdoor temperature
changes.
As proposed, single-speed systems
will have a single required SEER–HD
test, which will occur at an outdoor
temperature of 95 °F and be designated
‘‘the AD Test.’’ Systems having a
modulating capability will have two
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
required tests: one (AD2) occurring at a
95 °F outdoor temperature with the unit
operating at high capacity or maximum
speed, and the other (BD1) occurring at
a 82 °F outdoor temperature with the
unit operating at low capacity or
minimum compressor speed. Before
conducting the first SEER–HD tests, the
system shall be (re)configured, as
applicable, in accordance with any
published instructions from the
manufacturer that pertain to
installations in a hot-dry region.
As proposed, single-speed systems
will have a single optional SEER–HD
test (BD) that would occur at an outdoor
temperature of 82 °F. Systems with a
modulating capability would have two
optional tests: one (BD2) occurring at a
82 °F outdoor temperature with the unit
operating at high capacity or maximum
compressor speed, and the other (FD1)
occurring at a 67 °F outdoor temperature
with the unit operating at low capacity
or minimum compressor speed. These
optional tests provide the additional
data necessary to determine how the
cooling capacity and power
consumption change with outdoor
temperature.
Instead of conducting the optional
test(s), manufacturers can use the
capacity and power data collected from
the national SEER cooling mode tests
conducted using 80 °F db/67 °F wb as
the indoor entering air conditions to
approximate how the hot-dry region
capacity and power consumption
change with outdoor temperature for a
given compressor capacity. Specifically,
the slope of the capacity (or power
consumption) versus outdoor
temperature relationship for the
comparable 80 °F db/67 °F wb tests will
be scaled by multiplying the ratio of the
capacity (or power consumption)
determined from the SEER–HD test by
the capacity (power consumption)
determined from the national SEER test
conducted at the same outdoor
temperature. Using a single-speed
system as an example, the slope based
on the A and B Tests is multiplied by
the ratio of the AD Test capacity (or
power consumption) to the A Test
capacity (or power consumption).
For approximating the capacity and
power consumption dependency with
outdoor temperature, DOE proposes
global adjustment factors to assist in
obtaining a conservative SEER–HD.
Applying the approximated slope,
estimated capacities for temperatures
above the single-test temperature point
will be over-predicted, while capacities
for temperatures below will be underpredicted. Given the proposed required
tests for the hot-dry region, the
calculated weighted energy
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
consumption for temperature bins
below the required test temperature
(e.g., 95 °F) should be higher than the
bin-weighted total energy consumed for
temperature bins above the test
temperature. Conversely, the total binweighted cooling delivered for
temperature bins less than the test
temperature should exceed the cooling
contribution from temperature bins
above the test temperature. As a result,
a conservative rating would be achieved
if the capacity at the lower temperatures
is under-predicted and the power
consumption at these temperatures is
over-predicted. To determine the underprediction of capacity, the magnitude of
the negative slope for the approximated
capacity versus temperature
relationship should be reduced slightly.
DOE proposes a capacity slope
adjustment factor of 0.95. Similarly, the
magnitude of the positive slope for the
approximated power consumption
versus temperature relationship should
be reduced slightly. DOE proposes a
power consumption slope adjustment
factor of 0.95. These adjustment factors
are assigned based on the goal of
safeguarding against the default
equations yielding a higher SEER–HD
than the tested values. DOE specifically
requests data showing whether the
magnitudes of these adjustment factors
should be changed.
Collectively, the approximation
approach that includes the proposed
adjustment factors should yield a SEER–
HD equal to or slightly less than the
SEER–HD determined from the optional
test(s). DOE wants the approximation to
provide a conservative rating, which
will avoid over-predicting the actual
value. When the optional testing is
conducted but yields a poorer outcome,
a manufacturer shall not be penalized
for having conducted the optional SEER
tests. If the SEER–HD determined using
the approximations defined above is
higher than the SEER–HD determined
using the data from the optional test(s),
the manufacturer may use the higher
value. (10 CFR part 430, subpart B,
appendix M, revised sections 3.6.2,
3.6.3, and 3.6.4)
DOE considered additional options
for modifying the laboratory testing to
differentiate equipment installed in a
hot-dry region. For example, DOE
considered setting higher minimum
external static pressure requirements for
the required and optional SEER–HD
laboratory tests, as some interested
parties have advocated increasing the
current minimums. DOE elected not to
change these minimums as part of the
SEER–HD tests to maximize consistency
between the SEER–HD and national
SEER tests. This consistency is
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
necessary given the above-described
method for approximating the
relationship between cooling capacity
(power consumption) and outdoor
temperature for the hot-dry condition.
DOE also considered ways to account
for an extended indoor fan time delay
mode designed to re-evaporate
condensate trapped on the coil or lying
in the pan. Because the current CD tests
are dry-coil tests, DOE was unable to
conceive of a change that would permit
measurement of such an evaporative
cooling (latent recovery) mechanism if
employed in the field.
d. Add a New Equation for Building
Load Line in the Hot-Dry Region
As part of the evaluation of the newly
proposed region-specific performance
rating, SEER–HD, DOE must establish a
building load line for the SEER–HD (just
as used for evaluating the national
SEER):
(Tj − TZB ) × Qck, HD (TOD )
( ) (T − T )
OD
ZB
BL Tj =
FOS
Where:
Tj = the bin temperature,
TZB = the zero load balance point,
TOD = the outdoor design temperature,
˙
Qkc,HD (TOD) = the unit’s capacity at the
design outdoor temperature, and
FOS = the oversizing factor.
As with the calculation of the national
SEER, the building load is assumed to
vary linearly with outdoor temperature.
Other parameters common to the two
building load calculations are the zero
load balance point, the outdoor design
temperature, and the oversizing factor:
65 °F, 95 °F and 10 percent (i.e., FOS =
1.1), respectively. As for the 95 °F
outdoor design temperature, DOE
arrived at it by calculating the
population-weighted average of the
ASHRAE Handbook 1 percent design
dry-bulb temperature for multiple cities
located within the proposed hot-dry
region. DOE recognizes that across the
hot-dry region there are significant
differences in cooling design conditions
by location but has proposed 95 °F for
establishing the load line.
DOE requests comments from
interested parties on the introduction of
regional standards, the use of the bin
method for determining regional and
national SEER, the proposed hot-dry
regional bin data, and the addition of
required and optional testing in a hotdry region setup.
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.240
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
31242
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
16. Add References to ASHRAE 116–
1995 (RA 2005) for Equations That
Calculate SEER and HSPF for VariableSpeed Systems
DOE proposes to reference specific
language and equations within ASHRAE
Standard 116–1995 (RA 2005) that
provide greater detail in determining the
three balance point temperatures
needed when calculating the SEER of an
air conditioner or heat pump having a
variable-speed compressor. DOE
proposes to do the same for the HSPF
variable-speed algorithm.
The DOE test procedure does not
include the equations used for
calculating the outdoor temperatures at
which the unit’s cooling or heating
capacity matches the building’s cooling
or heating load when operating at
minimum, intermediate, or maximum
compressor speeds. (Intermediate speed
is used for laboratory testing.) The DOE
test procedure defines these three
outdoor temperatures and how they are
evaluated. ASHRAE Standard 116–1995
(RA 2005) provides explicit equations
for calculating the three outdoor
temperatures for cooling and the three
outdoor temperatures for heating.
Referencing this standard within the
DOE test procedure is worthwhile, as it
may be especially helpful for those new
to either test procedures or testing and
rating variable-speed products.
DOE proposes adding a sentence
within test procedure sections 4.1.4.2
and 4.2.4.2 to reference the applicable
sections of the ASHRAE Standard that
provide the exact equations, along with
explanatory text and figures.
DOE seeks comments on this
proposal.
17. Update Test Procedure References to
the Current Standards of AHRI and
ASHRAE
Since the October 2007 final rule, ARI
has merged with the Gas Appliance
Manufacturers Association to become
AHRI. References to ARI within
Appendix M need to be updated
accordingly, as documented below.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
IV. Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
Today’s regulatory action is not a
‘‘significant regulatory action’’ under
Executive Order (E.O.) 12866,
‘‘Regulatory Planning and Review.’’ 58
FR 51735 (October 4, 1993).
Accordingly, this action was not subject
to review by the Office of Management
and Budget under the Executive Order.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
B. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
In this proposed rule, DOE proposes
amendments to test procedures that may
be used to implement future energy
conservation standards for central air
conditioners. These amendments will
not affect the quality or distribution of
energy usage and, therefore, will not
result in any environmental impacts.
DOE has determined that this rule falls
into a class of actions that are
categorically excluded from review
under the National Environmental
Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C.
4321 et seq.) and the Department’s
implementing regulations at 10 CFR part
1021. More specifically, this rule is
covered by the Categorical Exclusion in
paragraph A5, to subpart D, 10 CFR part
1021. Accordingly, neither an
environmental assessment nor an
environmental impact statement is
required.
C. Review Under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5
U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation
of an initial regulatory flexibility
analysis (IRFA) for any rule that by law
must be proposed for public comment,
unless the agency certifies that the rule,
if promulgated, will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities. As
required by E.O. 13272, ‘‘Proper
Consideration of Small Entities in
Agency Rulemaking’’ (67 FR 53461
(August 16, 2002)), DOE published
procedures and policies on February 19,
2003, to ensure that the potential
impacts of its rules on small entities are
properly considered during the
rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE
has made its procedures and policies
available on the Office of the General
Counsel’s Web site (https://
www.gc.doe.gov).
DOE reviewed today’s proposed rule,
which would amend the test procedures
for residential central air conditioners
and heat pumps, under the provisions of
the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the
procedures and policies published on
February 19, 2003. DOE tentatively
concludes and certifies that the
proposed rule, if adopted, would not
result in a significant impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
The factual basis for this certification is
set forth below.
As defined by the Small Business
Administration (SBA) for the AirConditioning and Warm Air Heating
Equipment manufacturing industry,
small businesses are manufacturing
enterprises with 750 employees or
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31243
fewer. DOE used the small business size
standards published on January 31,
1996, as amended, by the SBA to
determine whether any small entities
would be required to comply with the
rule. 61 FR 3286, January 31, 1996, as
amended at 67 FR 3045, January 23,
2002 and at 69 FR 29203, May 21, 2004;
see also 65 FR 30836, 30850 (May 15,
2000), as amended at 65 FR 53533,
53545 (September 5, 2000). The size
standards are codified at 13 CFR part
121. The standards are listed by North
American Industry Classification
System (NAICS) code and industry
description and are available at https://
www.sba.gov/idc/groups/public/
documents/sba_homepage/
serv_sstd_tablepdf.pdf.
Residential central air conditioner
and heat pump equipment
manufacturing is classified under
NAICS 333415, ‘‘Air-Conditioning and
Warm Air Heating Equipment and
Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration
Equipment Manufacturing.’’ 70 FR
12395 (March 11, 2005). DOE reviewed
AHRI’s listing of residential central air
conditioner and heat pump equipment
manufacturer members and surveyed
the industry to develop a list of
domestic manufacturers. As a result of
this review, DOE identified 22
manufacturers of residential central air
conditioners and heat pumps, of which
15 would be considered small
manufacturers with a total of
approximately 3 percent of the market
sales. DOE seeks comment on its
estimate of the number of small entities
that may be impacted by the proposed
test procedure.
Potential impacts of the proposed test
procedures on all manufacturers,
including small businesses, come from
impacts associated with the cost of
proposed additional testing. DOE
estimates the incremental cost of the
proposed additional tests described in
10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix M
(revised sections 3.1, 4.3.1, and 4.3.2;
and proposed sections 3.13 and 4.2.7) to
be an increase of $1,000 to $1,500 per
unit tested. This estimate is based on
private testing services quoted on behalf
of DOE in the last two years for central
air conditioners and heat pumps.
Typical costs for running the cooling
tests appear to be approximately $5,000.
DOE estimated that the additional
activities required by the revised test
procedure would introduce a 20 to 30
percent increase in testing time
resulting in approximately $1,000 to
$1,500 additional cost. The largest
additional cost would be associated
with conducting steady-state cooling
mode tests and the dry climate tests (for
SEER–HD).
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
31244
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Because the incremental cost of
running the extra tests is the same for
all manufacturers, DOE believes that all
manufacturers would incur comparable
costs for testing of individual basic
models as a result of the proposed test
procedures. DOE expects that small
manufacturers will incur less testing
expense compared with larger
manufacturers as a result of the
proposed testing requirements because
they have fewer basic models and thus
require proportionally less testing when
compared with large manufacturers that
have many basic models. DOE
recognizes, however, that smaller
manufacturers may have less capital
available over which to spread the
increased costs of testing.
DOE compared the cost of the testing
to the total value added by the
manufacturers to determine whether the
impact of the proposed test procedure
amendments is significant. The value
added represents the net economic
value that a business creates when it
takes manufacturing inputs (e.g.
materials) and turns them into
manufacturing outputs (e.g.
manufactured goods). Specifically as
defined by the U.S. Census, the value
added statistic is calculated as the total
value of shipments (products
manufactured plus receipts for services
rendered) minus the cost of materials,
supplies, containers, fuel, purchased
electricity, and contract work expenses.
DOE analyzed the impact on the
smallest manufacturers of central air
conditioners and heat pumps because
these manufacturers would likely be the
most vulnerable to cost increases. DOE
calculated the additional testing
expense as a percentage of the average
value added statistic for the five
individual firms in the 25 to 49
employee size category in NAICS
333415 as reported by the U.S. Census
(U.S. Bureau of the Census, American
Factfinder, 2002 Economic Census,
Manufacturing, Industry Series,
Industry Statistics by Employment Size)
https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
EconSectorServlet?_lang=en&ds_
name=EC0200A1&_
SectorId=31&_ts=288639767147>). The
average annual value for manufacturers
in this size range from the census data
was 1.26 million dollars in 2001$, per
the 2002 Economic Census, or
approximately 1.52 million dollars per
year in 2009$ after adjusting for
inflation using the implicit price
deflator for gross domestic product (U.S.
Department of Commerce Bureau of
Economic Analysis https://www.bea.gov/
national/nipaweb/SelectTable.asp).
DOE also examined the average value
added statistic provided by census for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
all manufacturers with less than 500
employees in this NAICS classification
as the most representative value from
the 2002 Economic Census data of the
CAC manufacturers with less than 750
employees that are considered small
businesses by the SBA (15
manufacturers). The average annual
value added statistic for all small
manufacturers with less than 500
employees was 7.88 million dollars
(2009$).
Given this data, and assuming the
high-end estimate of $1,500 for the
additional testing costs, DOE concluded
that the additional costs for testing of a
single basic model product under the
proposed requirements would be
approximately 0.1% of annual value
added for the five smallest firms, and
approximately 0.02% of the average
annual value added for all small CAC
manufacturers (15 firms). DOE estimates
that testing of basic models may not
have to be updated more than once
every five years, and therefore the
average incremental burden of testing
one basic model may be one fifth of
these values when the cost is spread
over several years.
DOE requires that only the highest
sales volume split system combinations
be lab tested (10 CFR 430.24(m)). The
majority of air conditioners and heat
pumps offered by a manufacturer are
typically split systems that are not
required to be lab tested but can be
certified using an alternative rating
method which does not require DOE
testing of these units. DOE reviewed the
available data for five of the smallest
manufacturers to estimate the
incremental testing cost burden for
those small firms that might experience
the greatest relative burden from the
revised test procedures. These
manufacturers had an average of 10
models requiring testing (AHRI
Directory of Certified Product
Performance https://
www.ahridirectory.org/ahridirectory/
pages/home.aspx), while large
manufacturers will have well over a
hundred such models. The additional
testing cost for final certification for 10
models was estimated at $15,000.
Meanwhile these certifications would be
expected to last the product life,
estimated to be at least five years based
on the time frame established in EPCA
for DOE review of CAC efficiency
standards. This test burden is therefore
estimated to be approximately 0.2% of
the estimated five-year value added for
the smallest five manufacturers. DOE
believes that these costs are not
significant given other, much more
significant costs that the small
manufacturers of central air
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
conditioners and heat pumps incur in
the course of doing business. DOE seeks
comment on its estimate of the impact
of the proposed test procedure
amendments on small entities and its
conclusion that this impact is not
significant.
Accordingly, as stated above, DOE
tentatively concludes and certifies that
this proposed rule would not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
Accordingly, DOE has not prepared an
IRFA for this rulemaking. DOE will
provide its certification and supporting
statement of factual basis to the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the SBA for
review under 5 U.S.C. 605(b).
D. Review Under the Paperwork
Reduction Act
This rule contains a collection-ofinformation requirement subject to the
Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) and
which has been approved by OMB
under control number 1910–1400.
Public reporting burden for the
collection of test information and
maintenance of records on regulated
residential central air conditioners and
heat pumps based on the certification
and reporting requirements is estimated
to average 30 hours per response,
including the time for reviewing
instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection of information.
Send comments regarding this burden
estimate, or any other aspect of this data
collection, including suggestions for
reducing the burden, to DOE (see
ADDRESSES) and by e-mail to
Christine_Kymn@omb.eop.gov.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, nor shall any person be
subject to a penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB control number.
E. Review Under the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA; Pub. L.
104–4, codified at 2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.)
requires each Federal agency to assess
the effects of Federal regulatory actions
on State, local, and Tribal governments
and the private sector. For proposed
regulatory actions likely to result in a
rule that may cause expenditures by
State, local, and Tribal governments in
the aggregate or by the private sector of
$100 million or more in any one year
(adjusted annually for inflation), section
202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
to publish estimates of the resulting
costs, benefits, and other effects on the
national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b))
The UMRA also requires a Federal
agency to develop an effective process
to permit timely input by elected
officers of State, local, and Tribal
governments on a proposed ‘‘significant
intergovernmental mandate’’ and
requires an agency plan for giving notice
and opportunity for timely input to
potentially affected small governments
before establishing any requirements
that might significantly or uniquely
affect small governments. On March 18,
1997, DOE published a statement of
policy on its process for
intergovernmental consultation under
UMRA. 62 FR 12820. (This policy is
also available at https://www.gc.doe.gov.)
Today’s proposed rule contains neither
an intergovernmental mandate, nor a
mandate that may result in the
expenditure of $100 million or more in
any year, so these requirements do not
apply.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
F. Review Under the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999
Section 654 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires
Federal agencies to issue a Family
Policymaking Assessment for any
proposed rule that may affect family
well-being. Today’s proposed rule
would not have any impact on the
autonomy or integrity of the family as
an institution. Accordingly, DOE has
concluded that it is unnecessary to
prepare a Family Policymaking
Assessment.
G. Review Under Executive Order 13132
Executive Order 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’
64 FR 43255 (August 10, 1999) imposes
certain requirements on agencies
formulating and implementing policies
or regulations that preempt State law or
that have Federalism implications. The
Executive Order requires agencies to
examine the constitutional and statutory
authority supporting any action that
would limit the policymaking discretion
of the States and to assess carefully the
necessity for such actions. The
Executive Order also requires agencies
to have an accountable process to
ensure meaningful and timely input by
State and local officials in the
development of regulatory policies that
have Federalism implications. On
March 14, 2000, DOE published a
statement of policy describing the
intergovernmental consultation process
it will follow in the development of
such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE
examined today’s proposed rule and has
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
determined that it does not preempt
State law and does not have a
substantial direct effect on the States, on
the relationship between the national
government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government. EPCA governs and
prescribes Federal preemption of State
regulations as to energy conservation for
the products that are the subject of
today’s proposed rule. States can
petition DOE for a waiver of such
preemption to the extent, and based on
criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C.
6297) No further action is required by
E.O. 13132.
31245
pursuant to general OMB guidelines.
The OMB’s guidelines were published
at 67 FR 8452 (February 22, 2002), and
DOE’s guidelines were published at 67
FR 62446 (October 7, 2002). DOE has
reviewed today’s proposed rule under
the OMB and DOE guidelines and has
concluded that it is consistent with
applicable policies in those guidelines.
J. Review Under Executive Order 13211
Executive Order 13211, ‘‘Actions
Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May
22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to
prepare and submit to the Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs
(OIRA), Office of Management and
Budget, a Statement of Energy Effects for
any proposed significant energy action.
A ‘‘significant energy action’’ is defined
as any action by an agency that
promulgated or is expected to lead to
promulgation of a final rule, and that (1)
is a significant regulatory action under
E.O. 12866, or any successor order; and
(2) is likely to have a significant adverse
effect on the supply, distribution, or use
of energy; or (3) is designated by the
Administrator of OIRA as a significant
energy action. For any proposed
significant energy action, the agency
must give a detailed statement of any
adverse effects on energy supply,
distribution, or use should the proposal
be implemented, and of reasonable
alternatives to the action and their
expected benefits on energy supply,
distribution, and use. Today’s regulatory
action would not have a significant
adverse effect on the supply,
distribution, or use of energy and,
therefore, it is not a significant energy
action. Accordingly, DOE has not
prepared a Statement of Energy Effects.
H. Review Under Executive Order 12988
With respect to the review of existing
regulations and the promulgation of
new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O.
12988, ‘‘Civil Justice Reform’’ (61 FR
4729, February 7, 1996), imposes on
Federal agencies the general duty to
adhere to the following requirements:
(1) Eliminate drafting errors and
ambiguity; (2) write regulations to
minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear
legal standard for affected conduct
rather than a general standard; and (4)
promote simplification and burden
reduction. Section 3(b) of E.O. 12988
specifically requires that Executive
agencies make every reasonable effort so
that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies
the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly
specifies any effect on existing Federal
law or regulation; (3) provides a clear
legal standard for affected conduct
while promoting simplification and
burden reduction; (4) specifies the
retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately
defines key terms; and (6) addresses
other important issues affecting clarity
and general draftsmanship under any
guidelines issued by the Attorney
General. Section 3(c) of E.O. 12988
requires Executive agencies to review
regulations in light of applicable
standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b) to
determine whether they are met or it is
unreasonable to meet one or more of
them. DOE has completed the required
review and determined that to the
extent permitted by law, the proposed
rule meets the relevant standards of E.O.
12988.
K. Review Under Executive Order 12630
DOE has determined, under E.O.
12630, ‘‘Governmental Actions and
Interference with Constitutionally
Protected Property Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859
(March 15, 1988), that this proposed
regulation, if promulgated as a final
rule, would not result in any takings
that might require compensation under
the Fifth Amendment to the U.S.
Constitution.
I. Review Under the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001
Section 515 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note) provides
for agencies to review most
disseminations of information to the
public under information quality
guidelines established by each agency
L. Review Under Section 32 of the
Federal Energy Administration (FEA)
Act of 1974
Under section 301 of the Department
of Energy Organization Act (Pub. L. 95–
91), DOE must comply with section 32
of the Federal Energy Administration
Act of 1974, as amended by the Federal
Energy Administration Authorization
Act of 1977. When a proposed rule
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
31246
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
contains or involves use of commercial
standards, the rulemaking must inform
the public of the use and background of
such standards. 15 U.S.C. 788 Section
32.
The proposed rule incorporates
testing methods contained in the
following commercial standards: (1)
ASHRAE Standard 23–2005, ‘‘Methods
of Testing for Rating Positive
Displacement Refrigerant Compressors
and Condensing Units;’’ (2) ASHRAE
Standard 37–2005, ‘‘Methods of Testing
for Rating Electrically Driven Unitary
Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump
Equipment,’’ sections 7.3.3.1, 7.3.3.3,
7.3.4.1, 7.3.4.3, 7.4, 8.2, 8.2.5, and Table
3; (3) ASHRAE Standard 41.1–1986 (RA
2006), ‘‘Standard Method for
Temperature Measurement,’’ sections 4,
5, 6, 9, 10, and 11; (4) ASHRAE 41.6–
1994 (RA 2006), ‘‘Standard Method for
Measurement of Moist Air Properties,’’
sections 5 and 8; (5) ASHRAE 41.9–2000
(RA 2006), ‘‘Calorimeter Test Methods
for Mass Flow Measurements of Volatile
Refrigerants;’’ (6) ASHRAE Standard
116–1995 (RA 2005), ‘‘Methods of
Testing for Rating Seasonal Efficiency of
Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat
Pumps,’’ section 10.2.4; (7) ANSI/AMCA
210–07 (ANSI/ASHRAE 51–07),
‘‘Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for
Certified Aerodynamic Performance
Rating,’’ Figures 2A and 12; and (8)
AHRI Standard 210/240–2008 ‘‘Standard
for Performance Rating of Unitary AirConditioning & Air-Source Heat Pump
Equipment,’’ sections 6.1.3.2, 6.1.3.4,
and 6.1.3.5 and Figures D1, D2, and D4.
DOE has evaluated these standards and
is unable to conclude whether they fully
comply with the requirements of section
323(b) of the Federal Energy
Administration Act (i.e., whether they
were developed in a manner that fully
provides for public participation,
comment, and review).
As required by section 32(c) of the
Federal Energy Administration Act of
1974 as amended, DOE will consult
with the Attorney General and the
Chairman of the FTC before prescribing
a final rule about the impact on
competition of using the methods
contained in these standards.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
V. Public Participation
A. Attendance at Public Meeting
The time and date of the public
meeting are listed in the DATES section
at the beginning of this NOPR. The
public meeting will be held at the U.S.
Department of Energy, Forrestal
Building, Room 1E–245. To attend the
public meeting, please notify Ms.
Brenda Edwards at (202) 586–2945.
Foreign nationals visiting DOE
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
Headquarters are subject to advance
security screening procedures requiring
a 30-day advance notice. Any foreign
national wishing to participate in the
meeting should advise DOE of this fact
as soon as possible by contacting Ms.
Brenda Edwards to initiate the
necessary procedures.
B. Procedure for Submitting Requests To
Speak
Any person who has an interest in
today’s notice or who is a representative
of a group or class of persons that has
an interest in these issues may request
an opportunity to make an oral
presentation. Such persons may handdeliver requests to speak, along with a
computer diskette or CD in WordPerfect,
Microsoft Word, PDF, or text (ASCII) file
format to the address shown in the
ADDRESSES section at the beginning of
this NOPR between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m.
Monday through Friday, except Federal
holidays. Requests may also be sent by
mail or e-mail to
Brenda.Edwards@ee.doe.gov.
Persons requesting to speak should
briefly describe the nature of their
interest in this rulemaking, provide a
telephone number for contact, and
submit an advance copy of their
statements at least one week before the
public meeting. At its discretion, DOE
may permit any person who cannot
supply an advance copy of their
statement to participate, if that person
has made advance alternative
arrangements with the Building
Technologies Program. The request to
give an oral presentation should ask for
such alternative arrangements.
C. Conduct of Public Meeting
DOE will designate a DOE official to
preside at the public meeting and may
also employ a professional facilitator to
aid discussion. The meeting will not be
a judicial or evidentiary-type public
hearing, but DOE will conduct it in
accordance with section 336 of EPCA
(42 U.S.C. 6306). A court reporter will
record the proceedings and prepare a
transcript. DOE reserves the right to
schedule the order of presentations and
to establish the procedures governing
the conduct of the public meeting. After
the public meeting, interested parties
may submit further comments on the
proceedings as well as on any aspect of
the rulemaking until the end of the
comment period.
The public meeting will be conducted
in an informal conference style. DOE
will present summaries of comments
received before the public meeting,
allow time for presentations by
participants, and encourage all
interested parties to share their views on
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
issues affecting this rulemaking. Each
participant will be allowed to make a
prepared general statement (within
DOE-determined time limits) prior to
the discussion of specific topics. DOE
will permit other participants to
comment briefly on any general
statements.
At the end of all prepared statements
on a topic, DOE will permit participants
to clarify their statements briefly and
comment on statements made by others.
Participants should be prepared to
answer questions from DOE and other
participants concerning these issues.
DOE representatives may also ask
questions of participants concerning
other matters relevant to this
rulemaking. The official conducting the
public meeting will accept additional
comments or questions from those
attending, as time permits. The
presiding official will announce any
further procedural rules or modification
of the above procedures that may be
needed for the proper conduct of the
public meeting.
DOE will make the entire record of
this proposed rulemaking, including the
transcript from the public meeting,
available for inspection at the U.S.
Department of Energy, 6th Floor, 950
L’Enfant Plaza, SW., Washington, DC
20024, (202) 586–2945, between 9 a.m.
and 4 p.m. Monday through Friday,
except Federal holidays. Any person
may purchase a copy of the transcript
from the transcribing reporter.
D. Submission of Comments
DOE will accept comments, data, and
other information regarding the
proposed rule before or after the public
meeting, but no later than the date
provided at the beginning of this NOPR.
Please submit comments, data, and
other information electronically to
RCAC–HP–2009–TP–0004@ee.doe.gov.
Submit electronic comments in
WordPerfect, Microsoft Word, PDF, or
text (ASCII) file format and avoid the
use of special characters or any form of
encryption. Comments in electronic
format should be identified by the
docket number EERE–2009–BT–TP–
0004 and/or RIN number 1904–AB94
and wherever possible carry the
electronic signature of the author. No
telefacsimiles (faxes) will be accepted.
According to 10 CFR 1004.11, any
person submitting information that he
or she believes to be confidential and
exempt by law from public disclosure
should submit two copies: one copy of
the document including all the
information believed to be confidential
and one copy of the document with the
information believed to be confidential
deleted. DOE will make its own
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
determination as to the confidential
status of the information and treat it
according to its determination.
Factors of interest to DOE when
evaluating requests to treat submitted
information as confidential include (1) a
description of the items; (2) whether
and why such items are customarily
treated as confidential within the
industry; (3) whether the information is
generally known by or available from
other sources; (4) whether the
information has previously been made
available to others without obligation
concerning its confidentiality; (5) an
explanation of the competitive injury to
the submitting person which would
result from public disclosure; (6) a date
upon which such information might
lose its confidential nature due to the
passage of time; and (7) why disclosure
of the information would be contrary to
the public interest.
8. Will the proposed hot-dry indoor
test condition of 80 °F db/64 °F wb
create less stable or less repeatable
testing because the indoor coil will
likely be only partially wetted? DOE is
particularly interested in receiving
laboratory data that quantify the relative
differences in performance from testing
conducted at 80 °F db/64 °F wb versus
80 °F db/67 °F wb.
9. Is it necessary for DOE to develop
and incorporate a regional hot-dry SEER
rating within the test procedure?
10. Are the proposed changes to cover
systems similar to Hallowell coldclimate heat pumps adequate to address
testing concerns for these products?
11. Are modifications needed, within
the test procedure, for the laboratory setup of through-the-wall air conditioners
and heat pumps?
E. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment
Although comments are welcome on
all aspects of this rulemaking, DOE is
particularly interested in receiving
comments on following issues:
1. Specific examples, including
laboratory data, that address a
stakeholder’s comment on the failure of
the test procedure to capture the
performance characteristics of an air
conditioner or heat pump that uses
‘‘new inverter-driven compressor
technology.’’
2. Do the proposed definitions for off
mode air conditioners and off mode heat
pumps clarify the meaning of off mode
power?
3. What is the impact of proposed
lower external static pressure levels and
the proposed language for making sure
that these levels are limited to testing
ducted multi-split systems?
4. What is the impact of the change to
the air volume rate setup tolerance?
Information on real cases where the
indoor unit was adversely affected by
the current 5 percent tolerance would be
especially helpful.
5. What is the proposed magnitude of
the test operating tolerance for the
external static pressure relative to its
ability to provide an indication of
steady, repeatable performance?
6. Do manufacturers foresee obtaining
a SEER–HD rating for all of their
products? If not, what is an approximate
percentage of systems that will likely
have a SEER–HD rating?
7. Do manufacturers foresee
specifying installation instructions that
would result in systems being
configured differently for the hot-dry
tests than for the normal SEER tests? If
so, please provide examples of the likely
differences in the setups.
The Secretary of Energy has approved
publication of today’s NOPR.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
VI. Approval of the Office of the
Secretary
List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 430
Administrative practice and
procedure, Energy conservation test
procedures, Household appliances,
Incorporation by reference.
Issued in Washington, DC on February 12,
2010.
Cathy Zoi,
Assistant Secretary, Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy.
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, DOE proposes to amend part
430 of chapter II of Title 10, Code of
Federal Regulations, to read as follows:
PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION
PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER
PRODUCTS
1. The authority citation for part 430
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C.
2461 note.
2. Section 430.2 is amended by
revising the definition of ‘‘tested
combination’’ to read as follows:
§ 430.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Tested combination means a multisplit system with multiple indoor coils
having the following features:
(1) The basic model of a system used
as a tested combination shall consist of
one outdoor unit with one or more
compressors matched with between two
and five indoor units; for the multi-split
system, each indoor unit shall be
designed for individual operation.
(2) The indoor units shall:
(i) Collectively, have a nominal
cooling capacity greater than or equal to
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31247
95 percent and less than or equal to 105
percent of the nominal cooling capacity
of the outdoor unit;
(ii) Represent the highest sales
volume model family [Note: another
indoor model family may be used if five
indoor units from the highest sales
volume model family do not provide
sufficient capacity to meet the 95
percent threshold level specified in
paragraph (2)(i) of this section];
(iii) Individually not have a nominal
cooling capacity greater than 50 percent
of the nominal cooling capacity of the
outdoor unit, unless the nominal
cooling capacity of the outdoor unit is
24,000 Btu/h or less;
(iv) Operate at fan speeds consistent
with manufacturer’s specifications; and
(v) All be subject to the same
minimum external static pressure
requirement (i.e., 0 in wc for nonducted; see entries in the column
labeled ‘‘Short Duct Systems’’ of Table 2
in Appendix M to subpart B of this part
for ducted indoor units) while able to
produce the same static pressure at the
exit of each outlet plenum when
connected in a manifold configuration
as per section 2.4.1 of Appendix M.
*
*
*
*
*
3. Section 430.3 is amended:
a. By removing, in paragraph (b)(1),
‘‘210/240–2006’’ and adding in its place
‘‘210/240–2008.’’
b. By removing, in paragraph (e)(3),
‘‘(Reaffirmed 2001)’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘(Reaffirmed 2006).’’
c. By revising paragraph (e)(7).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 430.3 Materials incorporated by
reference.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(7) ANSI/AMCA 210–07 (ANSI/
ASHRAE 51–07), Laboratory Methods of
Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic
Performance Rating approved August
17, 2007, IBR approved for Appendix M
to Subpart B.
*
*
*
*
*
Appendix M [Amended]
4. Appendix M to subpart B of part
430:
(a) In section 1, Definitions by:
1. Removing, in section 1.2, ‘‘ARI
means Air-Conditioning and
Refrigeration Institute’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘AHRI means Air-Conditioning,
Heating and Refrigeration Institute.’’
2. Removing, in section 1.3, ‘‘ARI’’ and
adding in its place ‘‘AHRI’’ in two
locations.
3. Removing, in section 1.7, ‘‘RA 01’’
and adding in its place ‘‘RA 06;’’ and
removing ‘‘2001’’ and adding in its place
‘‘2006.’’
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
31248
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
4. Removing, in section 1.9, ‘‘RA 01’’
and adding in its place ‘‘RA 06;’’ and by
removing ‘‘2001’’ and adding in its place
‘‘2006.’’
5. Adding, in section 1.10, ‘‘(RA 06)’’
after ‘‘41.6–00’’ and adding ‘‘and
reaffirmed in 2006’’ after ‘‘2000.’’
6. Removing, in section 1.11, ‘‘51–99’’
and adding in its place ‘‘51–07;’’ and by
removing ‘‘1999’’ and adding in its place
‘‘2007’’ in two locations.
7. Redesignating sections 1.32 through
1.33 as 1.33 through 1.34 respectively;
1.34 through 1.43 as 1.36 through 1.45
respectively; and 1.44 through 1.47 as
1.48 through 1.51 respectively.
8. Adding new sections 1.32, 1.35,
1.46, and 1.47.
(b) In section 2, Testing Conditions,
by:
1. Removing, in section 2.1, ‘‘430.22’’
and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
2. Revising, in section 2.2 paragraph
a., and adding new paragraphs d, e, and
f.
3. Revising section 2.2.1.
4. Revising section 2.2.3, and adding
new sections 2.2.3.1 and 2.2.3.2.
5. Revising section 2.2.5 and section
2.4.1 paragraph b., first sentence.
6. Removing, in section 2.4.1d,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3’’
in two locations.
7. Removing, in section 2.4.2,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3’’
in two locations.
8. Removing, in section 2.5, ‘‘430.22’’
and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
9. Removing, in section 2.5.3,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3’’
in two locations. and in the second
sentence by removing ‘‘–99’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘–07’’ in two locations.
10. Removing, in section 2.5.4.2,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3’’
in two locations and in the last sentence
by removing ‘‘RA 01’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘RA 06.’’
11. Revising section 2.5.5a.
12. Removing, in section 2.5.6, third,
fourth, and fifth sentences ‘‘RA 01’’ and
adding in its place ‘‘RA 06,’’ and by
removing ‘‘430.22’’ and adding ‘‘430.3’’
in its place in the three locations.
13. Removing, in section 2.6,
paragraph a, ‘‘–99’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘–07’’ in two locations; and by
removing ‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘430.3’’ in three locations.
14. Removing, in section 2.6,
paragraph b. ‘‘ARI Standard’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘AHRI Standard’’ in one
location; and by removing ‘‘430.22’’ and
adding in its place ‘‘430.3’’ in three
locations.
15. Removing, in section 2.7, ‘‘ARI
Standard’’ and adding in its place ‘‘AHRI
Standard,’’ and by removing ‘‘430.22’’
and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:24 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
16. Removing, in section 2.10.2,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3’’
in two locations.
17. Removing, in section 2.10.3,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3’’
in two locations.
18. Removing, in section 2.11,
paragraph a. ‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘430.3.’’
19. Removing, in section 2.11,
paragraph b. ‘‘RA 01’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘RA 06,’’ and by removing
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
20. Removing, in section 2.11,
paragraph c. ‘‘RA 01’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘RA 06,’’ and by removing
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
21. Removing, in section 2.13,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
(c) In section 3, Testing Procedures,
by:
1. Adding three new sentences at the
end of section 3.1.
2. Removing, in section 3.1.1,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
3. Removing, in section 3.1.3, ‘‘ARI
Standard’’ and adding in its place ‘‘AHRI
Standard,’’ and by removing ‘‘430.22’’
and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
4. Removing ‘‘95’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘90’’ in section 3.1.4.1.1,
paragraph a.4b.
5. Revising the first sentence of
paragraph a.6 in section 3.1.4.1.1.
6. Revising Table 2 in section
3.1.4.1.1.
7. Adding new paragraphs d. and e. in
section 3.1.4.1.1.
8. Adding a new paragraph e. in
section 3.1.4.2 .
9. Revising in section 3.1.4.4.2
paragraph c. and adding new paragraphs
d. and e.
10. Removing, in section 3.1.4.4.3,
paragraph 4b, ‘‘95’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘90’’ and revising the first sentence
of paragraph a.6.
11. Adding, in section 3.1.4.5, a new
paragraph f.
12. Removing, in section 3.1.5,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
13. Removing, in section 3.1.6,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
14. Adding, in section 3.2.1 following
Table 3 footnotes, undesignated text, a
new Table 3a and additional
undesignated text. .
15. Revising sections 3.2.2, 3.2.2.1,
and 3.2.2.2.
16. Revising section 3.2.3
introductory sentence and paragraph c.,
and adding a new paragraph e.
17. Adding a new paragraph d. in
section 3.2.4, and adding new sections
3.2.5 and 3.2.6.
18. Revising section 3.3, paragraphs b.
and c., and redesignating the second
paragraph d. as paragraph e.
19. Removing ‘‘0.05’’ in section 3.3
Table 7 column ‘‘Test Operating
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Tolerance,’’ and adding in its place
‘‘0.12.’’
20. Removing ‘‘2.0’’ in section 3.3
Table 7 row ‘‘Nozzle pressure drop, %
of rdg’’, and adding in its place ‘‘8.0.’’
21. Removing ‘‘See Definition 1.41’’ in
section 3.3 Table 7 footnote (1), and
adding in its place ‘‘See Definition 1.43.’’
22. Removing ‘‘See Definition 1.40’’ in
section 3.3 Table 7 footnote (2), and
adding in its place ‘‘See Definition 1.42.’’
23. Redesignating paragraph b. as c. in
section 3.4, and adding a new paragraph
b.
24. Removing ‘‘0.05’’ in section 3.3
Table 8 column ‘‘Test Operating
Tolerance,’’ and adding in its place
‘‘0.12.’’
25. Removing ‘‘2.0’’ in section 3.3
Table 8 row ‘‘Airflow nozzle pressure
difference or velocity pressure3, % of
reading’’, and adding in its place ‘‘8.0.’’
26. Removing ‘‘See Definition 1.41’’ in
section 3.3 Table 8 footnote (1), and
adding in its place ‘‘See Definition 1.43.’’
27. Removing ‘‘See Definition 1.40’’ in
section 3.3 Table 8 footnote (2), and
adding in its place ‘‘See Definition 1.42.’’
28. Revising, in section 3.5, the text
following equation (3.5–1) in paragraph
i.
29. Revising, in section 3.6.2, the first
sentence of the first paragraph, Table 10
heading, and adding text following
Table 10 footnotes.
30. Adding in section 3.6.3 paragraph
a., 2 sentences at the end of the
paragraph.
31. Removing, in section 3.6.4,
paragraph a last sentence and two
unnumbered equations, revising
paragraphs b and c, and adding new
paragraph d.
32. Adding new sections 3.6.6 and
3.6.7.
33. Revising, in section 3.7, paragraph
a., the first sentence of paragraphs b.
and d., and adding a new paragraph e.
34. Revising the introductory sentence
in section 3.8 and paragraph a.
35. Removing, in section 3.8.1,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3’’,
and revising Table 14.
36. Adding ‘‘H23’’ between ‘‘H2’’ and
‘‘H22.’’ in section 3.9 introductory
sentence, revising the last sentence of
paragraph e, and by removing ‘‘430.22’’
and adding in its place ‘‘430.3’’ in
paragraph f.
37. Removing, in section 3.9c. ‘‘(see
Definition 1.42)’’ from the third sentence
and adding in its place ‘‘(see Definition
1.44).’’
38. Removing ‘‘0.05’’ in section 3.9f
Table 15 column ‘‘Test Operating
Tolerance,’’ and adding in its place
‘‘0.12.’’
39. Removing ‘‘2.0’’ in section 3.9f
Table 15 row ‘‘External resistance to
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
airflow, inches of water’’, and adding in
its place ‘‘8.0.’’
40. Removing ‘‘See Definition 1.41’’ in
section 3.9f. Table 15 footnote (1), and
adding in its place ‘‘See Definition 1.43.’’
41. Removing ‘‘See Definition 1.40’’ in
section 3.9f. Table 15 footnote (2), and
adding in its place ‘‘See Definition 1.42.’’
42. Removing, in section 3.9.1a.,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
43. Revising section 3.9.2 paragraph
a., section 3.10, section 3.11.1.1
paragraph a., and 3.11.1.3 paragraph a.
44. Removing, in section 3.11.1.3,
paragraph b., ‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘430.3’’ in three locations.
45. Revising, in section 3.11.2,
paragraph a.
46. Removing, in section 3.11.2,
paragraph b., ‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘430.3.’’
47. Removing, in section 3.11.3,
‘‘430.22’’ and adding in its place ‘‘430.3.’’
48. Adding new sections 3.13, 3.13.1,
3.13.2, 3.13.2.1, 3.13.2.2, 3.13.3,
3.13.3.1, 3.13.3.2, 3.13.3.3, 3.13.3.4,
3.13.3.5, 3.13.4, 3.13.4.1, 3.13.4.2,
3.13.4.3, 3.13.4.4.1, 3.13.4.4.2,
3.13.4.4.3, 3.13.4.4.4, 3.13.4.4.5,
3.13.4.4.6, 3.13.4.4.7, 3.13.4.4.8,
3.13.4.5, 3.13.4.6, 3.13.5, 3.13.5.1,
3.13.5.2, 3.13.5.33.13.5.4, 3.13.5.4.1,
3.13.5.4.2, 3.13.5.43, 3.13.5.4.4,
3.13.5.4.5, 3.13.5.5, 3.13.5.5.1,
3.13.5.5.2, 3.13.5.5.3, 3.13.5.6, and
3.13.5.7.
(d) In section 4, Calculations of
Seasonal Performance Descriptors, by:
1. Revising, in section 4.1, the
introductory text before equation (4.1–
2), and the text following equation (4.1–
2).
2. Revising section 4.1.1.
3. Adding, in section 4.1.3, at the end
of the first sentence ‘‘, including triplecapacity northern heat pumps’’.
4. Revising, in section 4.1.4.2, the
definitions of T1 and T2 following
equation for calculating B.
5. Adding new sections 4.1.5, 4.1.5.1,
4.1.5.2, 4.1.6, 4.1.6.1, 4.1.6.2, 4.1.6.2.1,
4.1.6.2.2, 4.1.6.3, and 4.1.6.4.
6. Adding, in section 4.2, item 4 in the
numbered list following the equation for
DHRmax, and revising the sentence
preceding Table 18.
7. Revising, in section 4.2.4.2, the
definition of T4 following the equation
for A.
8. Adding new sections 4.2.6, 4.2.6.1,
4.2.6.2, 4.2.6.3, 4.2.6.4, 4.2.6.5, 4.2.6.6,
4.2.6.7, 4.2.6.8, 4.2.7, 4.2.7.1, 4.2.7.2,
4.2.8, 4.2.8.1, 4.2.8.1.1, 4.2.8.1.2,
4.2.8.1.3, 4.2.8.2, 4.2.8.2.1, 4.2.8.2.2,
4.2.8.3, 4.2.8.3.1, and 4.2.8.3.2.
9. Revising, in section 4.3.1, the
equation which immediately follows the
introductory text, and adding new text
at the end of the last sentence.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
10. Revising sections 4.3.2 and 4.4,
and adding a new section 4.5.
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
Appendix M to Subpart B of Part 430—
Uniform Test Method for Measuring the
Energy Consumption of Central Air
Conditioners and Heat Pumps
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1. Definitions
*
*
*
1.32 Off mode means:
(1) For air conditioners, all times during
the non-cooling season of an air conditioner.
This mode includes the ‘‘shoulder seasons’’
between the cooling and heating seasons
when the unit provides no cooling to the
building and the entire heating season, when
the unit is idle. The air conditioner is
assumed to be connected to its main power
source at all times during the off mode; and
(2) For heat pumps, all times during the
non-cooling and non-heating seasons of a
heat pump. This mode includes the
‘‘shoulder seasons’’ between the cooling and
heating seasons when the unit provides
neither heating nor cooling to the building.
The heat pump is assumed to be connected
to its main power source at all times during
the off mode.
*
*
*
*
*
1.35 Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio—
Hot Dry (SEER–HD) means the total heat
removed from the conditioned space during
the annual cooling season for the designated
hot-dry climatic region, expressed in Btus,
divided by the total electrical energy
consumed by the air conditioner or heat
pump during the same season, expressed in
watt-hours. Calculate SEER–HD as specified
in section 4.1.6 of this Appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
1.46 Triple-capacity (or triple-stage)
compressor means an air conditioner or heat
pump with one of the following:
(1) A three-speed compressor,
(2) Two compressors where one is a twocapacity compressor—as defined in section
1.45—and one is a single-speed compressor
where the two-capacity compressor operates
at both low and high capacity with the
single-speed compressor turned off and then
operates exclusively at high capacity when
the single speed compressor is turned on, or
(3) A compressor capable of cylinder or
scroll unloading to provide a total of three
levels of compressor capacity.
For such systems, low capacity means:
(1) Operating at the low compressor speed,
(2) Operating the two-capacity compressor
at low capacity with the single-speed
compressor turned off, and
(3) Operating with the compressor fully
unloaded.
For such systems, high capacity means:
(1) Operating at the high compressor speed,
(2) Operating the two-capacity compressor
at high capacity with the single-speed
compressor turned off, and
(3) Operating with the compressor partially
unloaded.
For such systems, booster capacity means:
(1) Operating at the booster compressor
speed,
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
31249
(2) Operating the two-capacity compressor
at high capacity with the single-speed
compressor turned on, and
(3) Operating the compressor fully loaded.
1.47 Triple-capacity northern heat pump
means a heat pump that provides two stages
of cooling and three stages of heating. The
two common stages for both the cooling and
heating modes are the low capacity stage and
the high capacity stage. The additional
heating mode stage is called the booster
capacity stage. Of the three heating mode
stages, the booster capacity stage offers the
highest heating capacity output for a given
set of ambient operating conditions.
*
*
*
*
*
2. Testing Conditions
*
*
*
*
*
2.2 Test unit installation requirements.
a. Except as noted in this appendix, install
the unit according to section 8.2 of ASHRAE
Standard 37–2005 (incorporated by reference,
see § 430.3) where references to
‘‘manufacturer’s installation instructions’’
shall mean the installation instructions that
come packaged with the unit. If the particular
model of air conditioner or heat pump is not
yet in production, the installation
instructions used must be written and saved
until they are confirmed as being consistent
with the instructions that are thereafter
packaged with the full production model.
With respect to interconnecting tubing used
when testing split systems, follow the
requirements in section 6.1.3.5 of AHRI
Standard 210/240–2008 (incorporated by
reference, see § 430.3). When testing triplesplit systems (see Definition 1.48), use the
tubing length specified in section 6.1.3.5 of
AHRI Standard 210/240–2008 (incorporated
by reference, see § 430.3) to connect the
outdoor coil, indoor compressor section, and
indoor coil while still meeting the
requirement of exposing 10 feet of the tubing
to outside conditions. When testing split
systems having multiple indoor coils,
connect each indoor fan-coil to the outdoor
unit using 25 feet of tubing or manufacturerfurnished tubing, whichever is longer. If
needed to make a secondary measurement of
capacity, install refrigerant pressure
measuring instruments as described in
section 8.2.5 of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005
(incorporated by reference, see § 430.3). Refer
to section 2.10 of this Appendix to learn
which secondary methods require refrigerant
pressure measurements. At a minimum,
insulate the low-pressure line(s) of a split
system with insulation having an inside
diameter that matches the refrigerant tubing
and a nominal thickness of 0.5 inch.
*
*
*
*
*
d. When testing coil-only air conditioners
and heat pumps, install a nominal 24–V
transformer to power the low-voltage
components of the system. The transformer
must have a load rating of either 40 or 50 Vamps and must be designed to operate with
a primary input that is 230 V, single phase,
60 Hz. The transformer may be powered from
the same source as supplies powered to the
outdoor unit or powered by a separate 230–
V source. The power consumption of the
added low-voltage transformer must be
measured as part of the total system power
consumption during all tests.
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
31250
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
e. If the manufacturer’s installation
instructions include steps that apply to a hotdry climate different from the steps that
apply for a mixed climate, apply these
differing installation steps in advance of
conducting the laboratory tests that apply for
the respective climates.
f. For third-party testing conducted to meet
DOE certification requirements, the working
relationship between the test laboratory and
the manufacturer shall not be restricted as
long as the test unit installation and
laboratory testing are conducted in complete
compliance with the procedures specified in
this appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
2.2.1 Defrost control settings. Set heat
pump defrost controls at the normal settings
which most typify those encountered in
generalized climactic region IV. (Refer to
Figure 2 and Table 17 of section 4.2 for
information on region IV.) For heat pumps
that use a time-adaptive defrost control
system (see Definition 1.44), the
manufacturer must specify the frosting
interval to be used during the Frost
Accumulation tests and provide the
procedure for manually initiating the defrost
at the specified time. To ease testing of any
unit, the manufacturer should provide
information and any necessary hardware to
manually initiate a defrost cycle.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
*
*
*
*
2.2.3 Special requirements for systems
that would normally operate using two or
more indoor thermostats, including multisplit air conditioners and heat pumps,
systems composed of multiple mini-split
units (outdoor units located side-by-side),
and ducted systems using a single indoor
section containing multiple blowers. Because
these types of systems will have more than
one indoor fan and possibly multiple outdoor
fans and compressor systems, references in
this test procedure to a single indoor fan,
outdoor fan, and compressor mean all indoor
fans, all outdoor fans, and all compressor
systems turned on during the test.
2.2.3.1 Additional requirements for
multi-split air conditioners and heat pumps
and systems composed of multiple mini-split
units. For any test where the system is
operated at part load (i.e., one or more
compressors ‘‘off,’’ operating at the
intermediate or minimum compressor speed
or at low compressor capacity), the
manufacturer shall designate the particular
indoor coils that are turned off during the
test. For variable-speed systems, the
manufacturer must designate at least one
indoor unit that is turned off for all tests
conducted at minimum compressor speed.
For all other part-load tests, the manufacturer
shall choose to turn off zero, one, two, or
more indoor units. The chosen configuration
shall remain unchanged for all tests
conducted at the same compressor speed/
capacity. For any indoor coil turned off
during a test, take steps to cease forced
airflow through this indoor coil and block its
outlet duct.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
2.2.3.2 Additional requirements for
ducted systems with a single indoor section
containing multiple blowers where the
blowers are designed to cycle on and off
independently of one another and are not
controlled such that all blowers are
modulated to always operate at the same air
volume rate or speed. This Appendix covers
systems with a single-speed compressor or
systems offering two fixed stages of
compressor capacity (e.g., a two-speed
compressor, two single-speed compressors).
For any test where the system is operated at
its lowest capacity—i.e., the lowest total air
volume rate allowed when operating the
single-speed compressor or when operating
at low compressor capacity—blowers
accounting for at least one-third of the fullload air volume rate must be turned off
unless prevented by the controls of the unit.
In such cases, turn off as many blowers as
permitted by the unit’s controls. Where more
than one option exists for meeting this ‘‘off’’
blower requirement, the manufacturer shall
choose which blower(s) are turned off. The
chosen configuration shall remain unchanged
for all tests conducted at the same lowest
capacity configuration. For any indoor coil
turned off during a test, take steps to cease
forced airflow through any outlet duct
connected to an ‘‘off’’ blower.
*
*
*
*
*
2.2.5 Additional refrigerant charging
requirements. The test unit shall be charged
in accordance with both the following
instructions and the manufacturer’s
installation instructions described in section
2.2.
If the manufacturer’s installation
instructions specify as part of a standard
installation and/or commissioning practice to
either alter or check the refrigerant charge
while the unit is operating, the testing
laboratory shall do so in conjunction with
establishing the cooling full-load air volume
rate (see section 3.1.4.1) and operating
entering air conditions specified in the A (or
A2) Test. For heating-only heat pumps, this
refrigerant charge evaluation and potential
adjustment step shall be done in conjunction
with establishing the heating full-load air
volume rate (see section 3.1.4.4) and
operating entering air conditions specified
for the H1 (or H12) Test. For the entering db
and wb air temperature conditions noted
above, determine from the manufacturer’s
installation instructions the target value(s) for
the system’s measurable operating
parameter(s)—e.g., suction superheat
temperature, liquid line subcooling
temperature, refrigerant suction pressure, etc.
If the manufacturer’s installation instructions
list a range for a particular parameter, use the
midpoint value as the target value. The
testing laboratory shall add or subtract the
correct amount of refrigerant to achieve as
closely as possible the target value(s).
If a unit requires charging but the
manufacturer’s installation instructions do
not specify a charging procedure, then
evacuate the unit and add the nameplate
refrigerant charge. Where the manufacturer’s
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
installation instructions contain two or more
sets of refrigerant charging criteria, use the
set most appropriate for a normal field
installation.
Once the test unit has been properly
charged with refrigerant, all cooling mode
and, if a heat pump, all heating modelaboratory tests shall be conducted, and the
testing laboratory shall not add or subtract
any more refrigerant to or from the test unit.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2.4.1 * * *
*
*
*
b. For systems having multiple indoor coils
or multiple indoor blowers within a single
indoor section, attach a plenum to each
indoor coil or blower outlet. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
2.5.5 * * *
a. Measure dry bulb temperatures as
specified in sections 4, 5, 6.1–6.10, 9, 10, and
11 of ASHRAE Standard 41.1–86 (RA 06)
(incorporated by reference, see § 430.3). The
transient testing requirements cited in
section 4.3 of ASHRAE Standard 41.1–86 (RA
06) apply if conducting a cyclic or frost
accumulation test. If the temperature sensors
used to measure the indoor-side dry bulb
temperature difference are different for
steady-state tests and cyclic tests; in addition,
the two sets of instrumentation must be
correlated as described in section 3.4 for
cooling mode tests and section 3.8 for heating
mode tests.
*
*
*
*
*
3. Testing Procedures
3.1 * * * Use the testing procedures in
this section to collect the data used for
calculating (1) the seasonal performance
ratings for air conditioners and heat pumps
during the cooling season; (2) the seasonal
performance ratings for heat pumps during
the heating season; and (3) the seasonal offmode power consumption rating(s) for air
conditioners and heat pumps during the
parts of the year not captured by the cooling
and heating seasonal performance
descriptors. For air conditioners, the noncooling seasons are the heating season and
the shoulder seasons that separate the
cooling and heating seasons. For heat pumps,
the collective shoulder season is the only
time of the year where a seasonal off-mode
power consumption rating applies.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.1.4.1.1 * * *
a. * * *
*
*
*
6. If the conditions of step 4b occur first,
make an incremental change to the set-up of
the indoor fan that increases air volume rate
while maintaining the same operating
features (e.g., next highest fan motor pin
setting that maintains the same fan delay
interval, next highest fan motor speed) and
repeat the evaluation process beginning with
the above step 1. * * *
*
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
*
*
02JNP3
*
*
31251
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 2—MINIMUM EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE FOR DUCTED SYSTEMS TESTED WITH AN INDOOR FAN INSTALLED
Minimum external resistance 3
in wc
Rated Cooling 1 or Heating 2 Capacity
Btu/h
Multi-split systems
SDHV 4,5
≤28,800 ........................................................................................................................................
29,000–42,500 .............................................................................................................................
≥43,000 ........................................................................................................................................
1.10
1.15
1.20
0.03
0.05
0.07
All other systems
0.10
0.15
0.20
1 For air conditioners and heat pumps, the value cited by the manufacturer in published literature for the unit’s capacity when operated at the A
or A2 Test conditions.
2 For heating-only heat pumps, the value the manufacturer cites in published literature for the unit’s capacity when operated at the H1 or H1
2
Test conditions.
3 For ducted units tested without an air filter installed, increase the applicable tabular value by 0.08 inch of water.
4 See Definition 1.37 to determine if the equipment qualifies as a small-duct, high-velocity system.
5 If a closed-loop, air-enthalpy test apparatus is used on the indoor side, limit the resistance to airflow on the inlet side of the indoor blower coil
to a maximum value of 0.1 inch of water. Impose the balance of the airflow resistance on the outlet side of the indoor blower.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
d. For systems having multiple blower coil
indoor units, conduct the above section
3.1.4.1.1 setup steps for each indoor unit
separately. If two or more indoor units are
connected to a common duct as per section
2.4.1, either turn off the other indoor units
connected to the same common duct or
temporarily divert their air volume to the test
room when confirming or adjusting the setup
configuration of individual indoor units. If
the indoor units are all the same size or
model, the target air volume rate for each
indoor unit equals the full-load air volume
rate divided by the number of indoor units.
If different size indoor units are used, the
manufacturer must allocate the system’s fullload air volume rate assigned to each indoor
unit during this set-up phase.
e. For ducted systems having multiple
indoor blowers within a single indoor
section, obtain the full-load air volume rate
with all blowers operating unless prevented
by the controls of the unit. In such cases, turn
on the maximum number of blowers
permitted by the unit’s controls. Where more
than one option exists for meeting this ‘‘on’’
blower requirement, the manufacturer shall
choose which blower(s) are turned on.
Conduct section 3.1.4.1.1 setup steps for each
blower separately. If two or more indoor
blowers are connected to a common duct as
per section 2.4.1, either turn off the other
indoor blowers connected to the same
common duct or temporarily divert their air
volume to the test room when confirming or
adjusting the setup configuration of
individual blowers. If the indoor blowers are
all the same size or model, the target air
volume rate for each blower plenum equals
the full-load air volume rate divided by the
number of ‘‘on’’ blowers. If different size
blowers are used within the indoor section,
the manufacturer must allocate the system’s
full-load air volume rate assigned to each
‘‘on’’ blower.
*
*
3.1.4.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* * *
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
e. For ducted systems having multiple
indoor blowers within a single indoor
section, operate the indoor blowers such that
the lowest air volume rate allowed by the
unit’s controls is obtained when operating
the lone single-speed compressor or when
operating at low compressor capacity while
meeting the requirements of section 2.2.3.2
for the minimum number of blowers that
must be turned off. The air volume rate for
each ‘‘on’’ blower must then be determined
using the first section 3.1.4.2 equation if the
blower operates at fixed fan speeds or must
be specified by the manufacturer if the
blower is designed to provide a constant air
volume rate. The sum of the individual ‘‘on’’
blowers’ air volume rates is the cooling
minimum air volume rate for the system.
*
*
*
3.1.4.4.2
*
*
*
*
* * *
*
*
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
*
*
*
3.1.4.4.3 * * *
a. * * *
6. If the conditions of step 4b occur first,
make an incremental change to the set-up of
the indoor fan that increases air volume rate
while maintaining the same operating
features (e.g., next highest fan motor pin
setting that maintains the same fan delay
interval, next highest fan motor speed) and
repeat the evaluation process beginning with
the above step 1. * * *
*
*
c. When testing ducted, two-capacity
northern heat pumps (see Definition 1.50),
use the appropriate approach of the above
two cases for units that are installed with an
indoor fan installed. For coil-only (fanless)
northern heat pumps, the Heating Full-Load
Air Volume Rate is the lesser of the rate
specified by the manufacturer or 133 percent
of the Cooling Full-Load Air Volume Rate.
For this latter case, obtain the Heating FullLoad Air Volume Rate regardless of the
pressure drop across the indoor coil
assembly.
d. For systems having multiple indoor
blower coil units where individual blowers
regulate the speed (as opposed to the cfm) of
the indoor fan, use the first section 3.1.4.4.2
equation for each blower coil individually.
Sum the individual blower coil air volume
rates to obtain the heating full-load air
volume rate for the system.
e. For ducted systems having multiple
indoor blowers within a single indoor
section, obtain the heating full-load air
volume rate using the same ‘‘on’’ blowers as
used for the cooling full-load air volume rate.
PO 00000
For systems where individual blowers
regulate the speed (as opposed to the cfm) of
the indoor fan, use the first section 3.1.4.4.2
equation for each blower individually. Sum
the individual blower air volume rates to
obtain the heating full-load air volume rate
for the system.
*
3.1.4.5
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* * *
*
f. For ducted systems with multiple indoor
blowers within a single indoor section,
obtain the heating minimum air volume rate
using the same ‘‘on’’ blowers as used for the
cooling minimum air volume rate. For
systems where individual blowers regulate
the speed (as opposed to the cfm) of the
indoor fan, use the first section 3.1.4.5
equation for each blower individually. Sum
the individual blower air volume rates to
obtain the heating minimum air volume rate
for the system.
*
*
3.2.1
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* * *
*
In order to evaluate the cooling season
performance of the test unit when applied in
a hot-dry climate, conduct one steady-state
test, the AD Test. Conducting an additional
steady-state, dry climate test (the BD Test) is
optional. Test conditions for the two dry
climate tests are specified in Table 3A.
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
31252
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3a—DRY CLIMATE COOLING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR UNITS HAVING A SINGLE-SPEED COMPRESSOR AND A
FIXED-SPEED INDOOR FAN, A CONSTANT AIR VOLUME RATE INDOOR FAN, OR NO INDOOR FAN
Air entering indoor
unit temperature
°F
Test description
Air entering outdoor
unit temperature
°F
Wet
bulb 1
Dry bulb
Wet bulb
Dry bulb
80
80
64
64
95
82
AD Test—required (steady) ..............................
BD Test—optional (steady) ...............................
1The
Dry climate
air volume rate
75
65
Dry-Climate Full-Load.
Dry-Climate Full-Load.
specified test condition only applies if the unit rejects condensate to the outdoor coil.
As an alternative to conducting the
optional BD Test, use the following equations
to approximate the capacity and electrical
˙
˙
EHD (82) = EHD (95) + MDE × (82 ¥ 95)
Where:
power of the test unit at the BD test
conditions:
˙
˙
QHD (82) = QHD (95) + MDQ × (82 ¥ 95)
⎡ Qc (95) − Qc (82) ⎤ ⎡ QHD (95) ⎤
MDQ = 0.95 × ⎢
⎥×⎢
⎥
95 − 82
⎢
⎥ ⎣ Q c (95) ⎦
⎣
⎦
⎡ E (95) − Ec (82) ⎤ ⎡ EHD (95) ⎤
MDE = 0.95 × ⎢ c
⎥
⎥×⎢
95 − 82
⎣
⎦ ⎣ Ec (95) ⎦
In evaluating the above equations,
˙
˙
determine the quantities QHD (95) and EHD
(95) from the AD Test. Determine the
˙
˙
quantities Qc (82) and Ec (82) from the B Test
˙
˙
and the quantities Qc (95) and Ec (95) from
the A Test. Evaluate all six quantities
according to section 3.3. If the manufacturer
conducts the BD Test, the option of using the
above default equations is not forfeited. Use
˙
˙
the paired values of QHD (82) and EHD (82)
derived from conducting the BD Test and
evaluated as specified in section 3.3 or use
the paired values calculated using the above
default equations, whichever contribute to a
higher SEER–HD.
Determine and obtain the dry-climate fullload air volume rate used for the AD and BD
Tests as specified in section 3.1.4.1 for the
cooling full-load air volume rate, only now
replacing references to the A Test and
cooling full-load with references to the AD
Test and the dry-climate full load.
3.2.2 Tests for a unit with a single-speed
compressor where the indoor section uses a
single variable-speed variable-air-volume rate
indoor fan or multiple blowers.
3.2.2.1 Indoor fan capacity modulation
that correlates with outdoor dry-bulb
temperature or systems with a single indoor
coil but multiple blowers. Conduct four
steady-state wet-coil tests: the A2, A1, B2, and
B1 Tests. Use the two optional dry-coil tests,
the steady-state C1 Test and the cyclic D1 Test
to determine the cooling mode cyclicdegradation coefficient, CDc . If the two
optional tests are conducted but yield a
tested CDc that exceeds the default CDc or if
the two optional tests are not conducted,
assign CDc the default value of 0.25. Table 4
specifies test conditions for these six tests.
TABLE 4—COOLING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS WITH A SINGLE-SPEED
COMPRESSOR THAT MEET THE SECTION 3.2.2.1 INDOOR UNIT REQUIREMENTS
Air entering indoor
unit temperature
°F
Test description
Air entering outdoor
unit temperature
°F
Dry bulb
Wet bulb
Dry bulb
80
80
80
80
80
80
67
67
67
67
(4)
(4)
95
95
82
82
82
82
A2 Test—required (steady, wet coil) .................
A1 Test—required (steady, wet coil) .................
B2 Test—required (steady, wet coil) .................
B1 Test—required (steady, wet coil) .................
C1 Test4—optional (steady, dry coil) .................
D1 Test4—optional (cyclic, dry coil) ..................
Cooling air volume rate
Wet bulb
1 75
1 75
1 65
1 65
—
—
Cooling
Cooling
Cooling
Cooling
Cooling
(5)
Full-Load.2
Minimum.3
Full-Load.2
Minimum.3
Minimum.3
1The
specified test condition only applies if the unit rejects condensate to the outdoor coil.
Defined in section 3.1.4.1.
Defined in section 3.1.4.2.
4The entering air must have a low enough moisture content so no condensate forms on the indoor coil. (It is recommended that an indoor wetbulb temperature of 57 °F or less be used.)
5 Maintain the airflow nozzles static pressure difference or velocity pressure during the ON period at the same pressure difference or velocity
pressure as measured during the C1 Test.
2
In order to evaluate the cooling season
performance of the test unit when applied in
a hot-dry climate, conduct two steady-state
tests (the AD2 and the AD1). Two additional
steady-state, hot-dry-climate tests (the BD2
Test and the BD1 Test) are optional. Test
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:24 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
conditions for the four dry climate tests are
specified in Table 4a. As an alternative to
conducting the optional BD2 and BD1 Tests,
use the following equations to approximate
the capacity and electrical power of the test
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
unit at the BD2 (k=2) and BD1 (k=1) test
conditions:
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.241
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
31253
Where:
k
k
k
Q HD (82) = Q HD (95) + MDQ × (82 − 95)
k
k
k
E HD (82) = E HD (95) + MD E × (82 − 95)
k
⎡ Qck (95) − Qck (82) ⎤ ⎡ Q HD (95) ⎤
k
MDQ = 0.95 × ⎢
⎥
⎥×⎢ k
95 − 82
⎢
⎥ ⎢ Qc (95) ⎥
⎣
⎦
⎦ ⎣
k
⎡ E ck (95) − E ck (82) ⎤ ⎡ E HD (95) ⎤
k
MDE = 0.95 × ⎢
⎥
⎥×⎢ k
95 − 82
⎢
⎥ ⎢ E c (95) ⎥
⎦
⎣
⎦ ⎣
In evaluating the above equations for k=2
(dry-climate full-load air volume rate) and
k=1 (dry-climate minimum air volume rate),
˙
determine the quantities QHDk=2 (95) and
˙
EHDk=2 (95) from the AD2 Test and the
˙
˙
quantities QHDk=1 (95) and EHDk=1 (95) from
˙
the AD1 Test. Determine the quantities Qck=2
˙
(95) and ECk=2 (95) from the A2 Test, the
˙
˙
quantities Qck=1 (95) and Eck=1 (95) from the
˙
˙
A1 Test, the quantities Qck=2 (82) and ECk=2
˙
(82) from the B2 Test, and the quantities Qck=1
˙
(82) and Eck=1 (82) from the B1 Test. Evaluate
all 12 quantities according to section 3.3. If
the manufacturer conducts either or both the
BD2 and BD1 Tests, the option of using the
above default equations is not forfeited. Use
˙
˙
the paired values of QHDk=2 (82) and EHDk=2
(82) derived from conducting the BD2 Test
and evaluated as specified in section 3.3 or
use the paired values calculated using the
above default equations, whichever
contribute to a higher SEER–HD. Similarly,
˙
use the paired values of QHDk=1 (82) and
˙
EHDk=1 (82) derived from conducting the BD1
Test and evaluated as specified in section 3.3
or use the paired values calculated using the
above default equations, whichever
contribute to a higher SEER–HD.
Determine and obtain the dry-climate fullload air volume rate used for the AD2 and
BD2 Tests as specified in section 3.1.4.1 for
the cooling full-load air volume rate, only
now replacing references to the A2 Test and
cooling full-load with references to the AD2
Test and the dry-climate full-load. Similarly,
determine and obtain the dry-climate
minimum air volume rate used for the AD1
and BD1 Tests specified in section 3.1.4.2 for
the cooling minimum air volume rate, only
now replacing references to the A1 Test, B1
Test, A2 Test, B2 Test, cooling full-load,
cooling minimum, and ΔPst,A2 with references
to the AD1 Test, BD1 Test, AD2 Test, BD2 Test,
dry-climate full-load, dry-climate minimum,
and ΔPst,AD2, respectively.
TABLE 4a—DRY CLIMATE COOLING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS WITH A SINGLESPEED COMPRESSOR THAT MEETS THE SECTION 3.2.2.1 INDOOR UNIT REQUIREMENTS
Air entering indoor
unit temperature
°F
Test description
Air entering outdoor
unit temperature
°F
Dry bulb
Test–required (steady)
Test–required (steady)
Test–optional (steady)
Test–optional (steady)
64
64
64
64
95
95
82
82
75
75
65
65
Dry-Climate
Dry-Climate
Dry-Climate
Dry-Climate
Full-Load.
Minimum.
Full-Load.
Minimum.
specified test condition only applies if the unit rejects condensate to the outdoor coil.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
e. In order to evaluate the cooling season
performance of the test unit when applied in
a hot-dry climate, conduct two steady-state
tests, the AD2 and the BD1. Conducting two
additional steady-state, dry-climate tests (the
BD2 and the FD1) are optional. Test
conditions for the four dry climate tests are
specified in Table 5a. As an alternative to
conducting the optional BD2 Test, use the
following equations to approximate the
capacity and electrical power of the test unit
at the BD2 test conditions:
k=
k=
k
Q HD2 (82) = Q HD2 (95) + MDQ= 2 × (82 − 95)
k=
k=
k
E HD2 (82) = E HD2 (95) + MD E = 2 × (82 − 95)
Where:
k=
⎡ Qck = 2 (95) − Qck = 2 (82) ⎤ ⎡ Q HD2 (95) ⎤
k
MDQ= 2 = 0.95 × ⎢
⎥ × ⎢ k =2
⎥
95 − 82
⎢
⎥ ⎢ Qc (95) ⎥
⎣
⎦ ⎣
⎦
k=
⎡ E ck = 2 (95) − E ck = 2 (82) ⎤ ⎡ E HD2 (95) ⎤
k
MD E = 2 = 0.95 × ⎢
⎥
⎥ × ⎢ k =2
95 − 82
⎥ ⎢ E c (95) ⎥
⎢
⎦
⎦ ⎣
⎣
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:24 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
EP02JN10.245
*
c. Test two-capacity, northern heat pumps
(see Definition 1.50) in the same way as a
single speed heat pump with the unit
operating exclusively at low compressor
capacity (see section 3.2.1 and Table 3).
EP02JN10.243
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
80
80
80
80
..............................
..............................
...............................
...............................
3.2.2.2 Indoor fan capacity modulation
based on adjusting the sensible to total (S/T)
cooling capacity ratio. The testing
requirements are the same as specified in
section 3.2.1 and Table 3. Use a cooling fullload air volume rate that represents a normal
residential installation. If performed, conduct
the steady-state C Test and the cyclic D Test
with the unit operating in the same S/T
capacity control mode as used for the B Test.
3.2.3 Tests for a unit having a twocapacity compressor (see Definition 1.49).
* * *
*
Wet bulb
EP02JN10.244
1 The
Dry bulb
02JNP3
EP02JN10.242
AD2
AD1
BD2
BD1
Wet bulb
Dry climate air volume rate
31254
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
In evaluating the above equations,
˙
determine the quantities QHDk=2 (95)
˙
and EHDk=2 (95) from the AD2 Test.
˙
Determine the quantities Qck=2 (95) and
˙
ECk=2 (95) from the A2 Test and the
˙
˙
quantities Qck=2 (82) and Eck=2 (82) from
the B2 Test. Evaluate all six quantities
according to section 3.3. If the
manufacturer conducts the BD2 Test, the
option of using the above default
equations is not forfeited. Use the paired
˙
˙
values of QHDk=2 (82) and EHDk=2 (82)
derived from conducting the BD2 Test
and evaluated as specified in section 3.3
or use the paired values calculated
using the above default equations,
whichever paired values contribute to a
higher SEER–HD.
As an alternative to conducting the
optional FD1 Test, use the following
equations to approximate the capacity
and electrical power of the test unit at
the FD1 Test conditions:
k=
k=
k
Q HD1 (67) = Q HD1 (82) + MDQ=1 × (67 − 82)
k=
k=
k
E HD1 (67) = E HD1 (82) + MD E =1 × (67 − 82)
Where:
k=
⎡ Qck =1 (82) − Qck =1 (67) ⎤ ⎡ Q HD1 (82) ⎤
k
MDQ=1 = 0.95 × ⎢
⎥ × ⎢ k =1
⎥
82 − 67
⎢
⎥ ⎢ Qc (82) ⎥
⎣
⎦ ⎣
⎦
k=
⎡ E ck =1 (82) − E ck =1 (67) ⎤ ⎡ E HD1 (82) ⎤
k
MD E =1 = 0.95 × ⎢
⎥ × ⎢ k =1
⎥
82 − 67
⎢
⎥ ⎢ E c (82) ⎥
⎣
⎦ ⎣
⎦
In evaluating the above equations,
˙
determine the quantities QHDk=1 (82)
˙
and EHDk=1 (82) from the BD1 Test.
˙
Determine the quantities Qck=1 (82) and
˙
ECk=1 (82) from the B1 Test and the
˙
˙
quantities Qck=1 (67) and Eck=1 (67) from
the F1 Test. Evaluate all six quantities
according to section 3.3. If the
manufacturer conducts the FD1 Test, the
option of using the above default
equations is not forfeited. Use the paired
˙
˙
values of QHDk=1 (67) and EHDk=1 (67)
derived from conducting the FD1 Test
and evaluated as specified in section 3.3
or use the paired values calculated
using the above default equations,
whichever contribute to a higher SEER–
HD.
Determine and obtain the dry-climate
full-load air volume rate used for the
AD2 and BD2 Tests as specified in
section 3.1.4.1 for the cooling full-load
air volume rate, only now replacing
references to the A2 Test and cooling
full-load with references to the AD2 Test
and the dry-climate full-load. Similarly,
determine and obtain the dry-climate
minimum air volume rate used for the
BD1 and FD1 Tests as specified in
section 3.1.4.2 for the cooling minimum
air volume rate, only now replacing
references to the B1 Test, F1 Test, A2
Test, cooling full load, cooling
minimum, and ΔPst,A2 with references to
the BD1 Test, FD1 Test, AD2 Test, dryclimate full-load, dry-climate minimum,
and ΔPst,AD2, respectively.
TABLE 5a—DRY CLIMATE COOLING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS HAVING A TWOCAPACITY COMPRESSOR
AD2 Test—required
(steady).
BD2 Test—optional
(steady).
BD1 Test—required
(steady).
FD1 Test—optional
(steady).
Dry bulb
Dry climate air volume
rate
Wet bulb
80
64
95
75
High ..................................
Dry-Climate Full-Load.
80
64
82
65
High ..................................
Dry-Climate Full-Load.
80
64
82
65
Low ...................................
Dry-Climate Minimum.
80
64
67
53.5
Low ...................................
Dry-Climate Minimum.
3.2.4 * * *
*
*
*
*
d. In order to evaluate the cooling
season performance of the test unit
when applied in a hot-dry climate,
conduct two steady-state tests, the AD2
Test and the BD1 Test. Conducting two
additional steady-state, dry climate tests
(the BD2 and the FD1) are optional. Test
conditions for the four dry climate tests
are specified in Table 5a, only now
substituting ‘‘Maximum’’ and
‘‘Minimum’’ for the Compressor
Capacity entries of ‘‘High’’ and ‘‘Low,’’
respectively. As an alternative to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
conducting the optional BD2 and FD1
Tests, use the equations given in section
3.2.3 to approximate the capacity and
electrical power of the test unit at the
BD2 and FD1 test conditions.
3.2.5 Tests for a unit having a triplecapacity compressor (Definition 1.46).
With the exception of triple-capacity
northern heat pumps (Definition 1.47),
no other units having a triple-capacity
compressor are currently addressed
within this test procedure. Test triplecapacity, northern heat pumps for the
cooling mode in the same way as
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
specified in section 3.2.3 for units
having a two-capacity compressor.
3.2.6 Tests for an air conditioner or
heat pump having a single indoor unit
having multiple blowers and offering
two stages of compressor modulation.
Conduct the cooling mode tests
specified in section 3.2.3. Covered
multiple blower systems have a single
indoor coil connected to a single
outdoor unit offering two stages of
capacity modulation, and ones with a
single indoor coil having two refrigerant
circuits where each circuit is connected
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.247
specified test condition only applies if the unit rejects condensate to the outdoor coil.
*
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Wet bulb
Compressor capacity
EP02JN10.246
1 The
Air entering outdoor unit
temperature
°F
Dry bulb
Test description
Air entering indoor unit
temperature
°F
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
to separate but identical outdoor units,
each having a single-speed compressor.
3.3 * * *
*
*
*
*
*
b. After satisfying the pretest
equilibrium requirements, make the
measurements specified in Table 3 of
ASHRAE Standard 37–2005
(incorporated by reference, see § 430.3)
for the Indoor Air Enthalpy method and
the user-selected secondary method.
Make the Table 3 measurements at equal
intervals that span 5 minutes or less.
Continue data sampling until reaching a
30-minute period (e.g., seven
consecutive 5-minute samples) where
the test tolerances specified in Table 7
are satisfied. For those continuously
recorded parameters, use the entire data
set from the 30-minute interval to
evaluate Table 7 compliance. Determine
the average electrical power
consumption of the air conditioner or
heat pump over the same 30-minute
interval.
c. Calculate indoor-side total cooling
and sensible cooling capacity as
specified in sections 7.3.3.1 and 7.3.3.3
of ASHRAE Standard 37–2005
(incorporated by reference, see § 430.3).
Do not adjust the parameters used in
calculating the capacities for the
permitted variations in test conditions.
Evaluate air enthalpies based on the
measured barometric pressure for
calculation of the total cooling capacity.
Use the values of the specific heat of air
given in section 7.3.3.1 for calculation
of the sensible cooling capacities.
Assign the average total space cooling
capacity, average sensible cooling
capacity, and average electrical power
consumption over the 30-minute data
collection interval to the variables
˙
˙
˙
Qck(T), Qsck(T), and Eck(T), respectively.
For these three variables, replace T with
the nominal outdoor temperature at
which the test was conducted. The
superscript k is used only when testing
multi-capacity units. Use the
superscript k=2 to denote a test with the
unit operating at high capacity or
maximum speed, k=1 to denote low
capacity or minimum speed, and k=v to
denote the intermediate speed.
*
*
*
*
*
3.4 * * *
*
*
*
*
*
b. If the temperature sensors used to
provide the primary measurement of the
indoor-side dry bulb temperature
difference during the steady-state drycoil test and the subsequent cyclic drycoil test are different, include
measurements of the latter sensors
among the regularly sampled data.
Beginning at the start of the 30-minute
data collection period, measure and
compute the indoor-side air dry-bulb
temperature difference using both sets
of instrumentation, DT (Set SS) and DT
(Set CYC), for each equally spaced data
sample. If using a consistent data
sampling rate that is less than 1 minute,
calculate and record minutely averages
for the two temperature differences. If
using a consistent sampling rate of one
minute or more, calculate and record
the two temperature differences from
each data sample. After having recorded
the seventh (i=7) set of temperature
differences, calculate the following ratio
using the first seven sets of values:
FCD =
1 i ΔT(Set SS)
∑
7 i − 6 ΔT(Set CYC)
Each time a subsequent set of
temperature differences is recorded (if
sampling more frequently than every 5
minutes), calculate FCD using the most
recent seven sets of values. Continue
these calculations until the 30-minute
period is completed or until a value for
FCD is calculated that falls outside the
allowable range of 0.94–1.06. If the
latter occurs, immediately suspend the
test and identify the cause for the
disparity in the two temperature
difference measurements. Recalibration
{
× {E
31255
of one or both sets of instrumentation
may be required. If all the values for FCD
are within the allowable range, save the
final value of the ratio from the 30minute test as FCD*.
If the temperature sensors used to
provide the primary measurement of the
indoor-side dry bulb temperature
difference during the steady-state drycoil test and the subsequent cyclic drycoil test are the same, set FCD* = 1.
*
*
*
*
*
3.5 * * *
*
*
*
*
*
i. * * *
Where:
τ2
*
Γ = FCD ∫ [Ta1 (τ ) − Ta 2 (τ ) ]δτ , hr × °F,
τ1
˙
and, V, Cp,a, Vn (or vn), Wn, and FCD* = the
values recorded during the section 3.4
dry coil steady-state tests,
and Ta1(t) = dry-bulb temperature of the air
entering the indoor coil at time t, °F.
*
*
*
*
*
3.6.2 Tests for a heat pump having a
single-speed compressor and a single
indoor unit having either (1) a variablespeed, variable-air-rate indoor fan
whose capacity modulation correlates
with outdoor dry bulb temperature or
(2) multiple blowers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
Table 10—Heating Mode Test
Conditions for Heat Pumps With a
Single-Speed Compressor That Meet the
Section 3.6.2 Indoor Unit Requirements
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
As an alternative to conducting the
optional H21 Frost Accumulation Test,
use the following equations to
approximate the capacity and electrical
power of the heat pump at the H21 test
conditions:
}
(17) ⎥}
⎦
k =1
⎢ k =1
h (17) + 0.6 × ⎣ E h ( 47) −
k
E h =1
EP02JN10.249
Where:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:24 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.248
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
k
k
E h =1 (35) = PRh = 2
EP02JN10.250
k
k
k
k
k
Qh =1 (35) = QRh = 2 × Qh =1 (17) + 0.6 × ⎢Qh =1 (47) − Qh =1 (17) ⎥
⎣
⎦
31256
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
k
QRh = 2 (35) =
k
PRh = 2 (35) =
In evaluating the above equations,
˙
determine the quantities Qhk=2(47) and
˙
Ehk=2(47) from the H12 Test, determine
˙
˙
the quantities Qhk=1(47) and Ehk=1(47)
from the H11 Test, and evaluate all four
quantities according to section 3.7.
˙
Determine the quantities Qhk=2(35) and
˙
Ehk=2(35) from the H22 Test and evaluate
them according to section 3.9.
˙
Determine the quantities Qhk=2(17) and
˙
Ehk=2(17) from the H32 Test, determine
˙
˙
the quantities Qhk=1(17) and Ehk=1(17)
from the H31 Test, and evaluate all four
quantities according to Section 3.10. If
the manufacturer conducts the H21 Test,
the option of using the above default
k
Qh = 2 (35)
k
k
⎡ k
Qh = 2 (17) + 0.6 × ⎣Qh = 2 (47) − Qh = 2 (17) ⎤
⎦
k
E h = 2 (35)
k
k
k
E h = 2 (17) + 0.6 × ⎡ E h = 2 (47) − E h = 2 (17) ⎤
⎣
⎦
equations is not forfeited. Use the paired
˙
˙
values of Qhk=1(35) and Ehk=1(35) derived
from conducting the H21 Frost
Accumulation Test and evaluated as
specified in section 3.9 or use the paired
values calculated using the above
default equations, whichever contribute
to a higher Region IV HSPF based on the
DHRmin.
*
*
*
*
*
3.6.3 * * *
a. * * * If the manufacturer conducts
the H21 Test, the option of using the
above default equations is not forfeited.
˙
Use the paired values of Qhk=1(35) and
˙
Ehk=1(35) derived from conducting the
{
(35) = 0.985 × {E
H21 Frost Accumulation Test and
calculated as specified in section 3.9 or
use the paired values calculated using
the above default equations, whichever
contribute to a higher Region IV HSPF
based on the DHRmin.
*
*
*
*
*
3.6.4 * * *
a. * * *
b. As an alternative to conducting the
optional H22 Frost Accumulation Test,
use the following equations to
approximate the capacity and electrical
power of the heat pump at the H22 test
conditions:
}
(17) ⎥}
⎦
k
k
k
k
Qh = 2 (35) = 0.90 × Qh = 2 (17) + 0.6 × ⎢Qh = 2 (47) − Qh = 2 (17) ⎥
⎣
⎦
k
Eh =2
{
(35) = 0.985 × {E
temperature tests (H12 and H11), one
Frost Accumulation test (H22), two lowtemperature tests (H32, H33), and one
minimum-temperature test (H43).
Conduct an additional Frost
Accumulation test (H21) and lowtemperature test (H31) if both of the
following conditions exist: (1)
Knowledge of the heat pump’s capacity
and electrical power at low compressor
capacity for outdoor temperatures of
37 °F and less is needed to complete the
section 4.2.6 seasonal performance
calculations; and (2) the heat pump’s
controls allow low-capacity operation at
outdoor temperatures of 37 °F and less.
If the above two conditions are met,
an alternative to conducting the H21
Frost Accumulation Test to determine
˙
˙
Qhk=1(35) and Ehk=1(35) is to use the
following equations to approximate this
capacity and electrical power:
}
(17) ⎥}
⎦
k
k
k
k
Qh =1 (35) = 0.90 × Qh =1 (17) + 0.6 × ⎢Qh =1 (47) − Qh =1 (17) ⎥
⎣
⎦
k
E h =1
In evaluating the above equations,
˙
determine the quantities Qhk=1(47) and
˙
Ehk=1(47) from the H11 Test and evaluate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
k =1
⎢ k =1
h (17) + 0.6 × ⎣ E h ( 47) −
k
E h =1
them according to section 3.7.
˙
Determine the quantities Qhk=1(17) and
˙
Ehk=1(17) from the H31 Test and evaluate
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
them according to section 3.10. If the
manufacturer conducts the H21 Test, the
option of using the above default
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.253
H1N Test is done, operate the heat
pump’s compressor at the same speed as
used for the cooling mode A2 Test. Refer
to the last sentence of section 4.2 for
how the results of the H1N Test may be
used in calculating the HSPF.
d. For multiple-split heat pumps
(only), the following procedures
supersede the above requirements.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
3.6.6 Tests for a heat pump having a
triple-capacity compressor (Definition
1.46). With the exception of triplecapacity northern heat pumps
(Definition 1.47), no other heat pumps
having a triple-capacity compressor are
currently addressed within this test
procedure. Test triple-capacity, northern
heat pumps for the heating mode as
follows:
(a) Conduct one maximumtemperature test (H01), two high-
EP02JN10.252
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
In evaluating the above equations,
˙
determine the quantities Qhk=2(47) and
˙
Ehk=2(47) from the H12 Test and evaluate
them according to section 3.7.
˙
Determine the quantities Qhk=2(17) and
˙ hk=2(17) from the H32 Test and evaluate
E
them according to section 3.10. If the
manufacturer conducts the H22 Test, the
option of using the above default
equations is not forfeited. Use the paired
˙
˙
values of Qhk=2(35) and Ehk=2(35) derived
from conducting the H22 Frost
Accumulation Test and evaluated as
specified in section 3.9 or use the paired
values calculated using the above
default equations, whichever contribute
to a higher Region IV HSPF based on the
DHRmin.
c. For heat pumps where the heating
mode maximum compressor speed
exceeds their cooling mode maximum
compressor speed, conduct the H1N Test
if the manufacturer requests it. If the
k =2
k
(17) + 0.6 × ⎢ E h = 2 (47) −
h
⎣
EP02JN10.251
k
Eh =2
31257
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
equations is not forfeited. Use the paired
˙
˙
values of Qhk=1(35) and Ehk=1(35) derived
from conducting the H21 Frost
Accumulation Test and evaluated as
specified in section 3.9.1 or use the
paired values calculated using the above
default equations, whichever contribute
to a higher Region IV HSPF based on the
DHRmin.
(b) Conducting a Frost Accumulation
Test (H23) with the heat pump operating
{
(35) × {E
at its booster capacity is optional. If this
optional test is not conducted,
˙
˙
determine Qhk=3(35) and Ehk=3(35) using
the following equations to approximate
this capacity and electrical power:
}
(2) ⎥}
⎦
k
Q k =3(35) = QR h = 2 (35) × Q k =3(17) + 1.20 × ⎢Q k =3(17) − Q k =3(2) ⎥
h
h
h
⎣ h
⎦
k
E k =3(35) = PR h = 2
h
k =3
⎢ k =3
h (17) + 1.20 × ⎣ E h (17) −
E k =3
h
Where:
QR k = 2 (35) =
h
Q k = 2 (35)
h
⎡ h
Q k = 2 (17) + 0.6 × ⎣Q k = 2 (47) − Q k = 2 (17) ⎤
h
h
⎦
PR k = 2 (35) =
h
E k = 2 (35)
h
E k = 2 (17) + 0.6 × ⎡ E k = 2 (47) − E k = 2 (17) ⎤
h
h
⎣ h
⎦
˙
Determine the quantities Qhk=2(47)
˙
and Ehk=2(47) from the H12 Test and
evaluate them according to section 3.7.
˙
Determine the quantities Qhk=2(35) and
˙
Ehk=2(35) from the H22 Test and evaluate
them according to section 3.9.1.
˙
Determine the quantities Qhk=2(17) and
˙
Ehk=2(17) from the H32 Test, determine
˙
˙
the quantities Qhk=3(17) and Ehk=3(17)
from the H33 Test, and determine the
˙
˙
quantities Qhk=3(2) and Ehk=3(2) from the
H43 Test. Evaluate all six quantities
according to section 3.10. If the
manufacturer conducts the H23 Test, the
option of using the above default
equations is not forfeited. Use the paired
˙
˙
values of Qhk=3(35) and Ehk=3(35) derived
from conducting the H23 Frost
Accumulation Test and calculated as
specified in section 3.9.1 or use the
paired values calculated using the above
default equations, whichever contribute
to a higher Region IV HSPF based on the
DHRmin.
(c) Conduct the optional hightemperature cyclic test (H1C1) to
determine the heating-mode cyclicdegradation coefficient, CDh. If this
optional test is conducted but yields a
tested CDh that exceeds the default CDh
or if the optional test is not conducted,
assign CDh the default value of 0.25. If
a triple-capacity heat pump locks out
low capacity operation at lower outdoor
temperatures, conduct the optional
high-temperature cyclic test (H1C2) to
determine the high-capacity heatingmode cyclic-degradation coefficient,
CDh(k=2). If this optional test at high
capacity is conducted but yields a tested
CDh(k=2) that exceeds the default
CDh(k=2) or if the optional test is not
conducted, assign CDh(k=2) the default
value. The default CDh(k=2) is the same
value as determined or assigned for the
low-capacity cyclic-degradation
coefficient, CDh [or equivalently,
CDh(k=1)]. Finally, if a triple-capacity
heat pump locks out both low and high
capacity operation at the lowest outdoor
temperatures, conduct the optional lowtemperature cyclic test (H3C3) to
determine the booster-capacity heatingmode cyclic-degradation coefficient,
CDh(k=3). If this optional test at the
booster capacity is conducted but yields
a tested CDh(k=3) that exceeds the
default CDh(k=3) or if the optional test
is not conducted, assign CDh(k=3)the
default value. The default CDh(k=3) is
the same value as determined or
assigned for the high-capacity cyclicdegradation coefficient, CDh [or
equivalently, CDh(k=2)]. Table A
specifies test conditions for all 13 tests.
TABLE A—HEATING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR UNITS WITH A TRIPLE-CAPACITY COMPRESSOR
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Dry bulb
H01 Test (required, steady) ..................................................
H12 Test (required, steady) ..................................................
H1C2 Test (optional, cyclic) ..................................................
H11 Test (required) ...............................................................
H1C1 Test (optional, cyclic) ..................................................
H23 Test (optional, steady) ..................................................
H22 Test (required) ...............................................................
H21 Test 5 6 (required) ...........................................................
H33 Test (required, steady) ..................................................
H3C3 Test (optional, cyclic) ..................................................
H32 Test (required, steady) ..................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
Fmt 4701
Wet
bulb
60(max)
60(max)
60(max)
60(max)
60(max)
60(max)
60(max)
60(max)
60(max)
60(max)
60(max)
Sfmt 4700
Dry bulb
56.5
43
43
43
43
33
33
33
15
15
15
Heating air volume
rate
Wet bulb
62
47
47
47
47
35
35
35
17
17
17
Compressor
capacity
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
Low ..............
High .............
High .............
Low .............
Low ..............
Booster ........
High .............
Low .............
Booster ........
Booster ........
High .............
02JNP3
Heating Minimum.1
Heating Full-Load.2
3
Heating Minimum.1
4
Heating
Heating
Heating
Heating
Full-Load.2
Full-Load.2
Minimum.1
Full-Load.2
7
Heating Full-Load.2
EP02JN10.255
Test description
Air entering outdoor
unit
temperature
°F
EP02JN10.254
Air entering indoor
unit
temperature
°F
31258
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
TABLE A—HEATING MODE TEST CONDITIONS FOR UNITS WITH A TRIPLE-CAPACITY COMPRESSOR—Continued
Air entering indoor
unit
temperature
°F
Test description
Dry bulb
H31 Test 5 (required, steady) ................................................
H43 Test (required, steady) ..................................................
70
70
Wet
bulb
60(max)
60(max)
Air entering outdoor
unit
temperature
°F
Dry bulb
Compressor
capacity
Heating air volume
rate
Wet bulb
17
2
15
1
Low .............
Booster ........
Heating Minimum.1
Heating Full-Load.2
1 Defined
in section 3.1.4.5.
in section 3.1.4.4.
3 Maintain the airflow nozzle(s) static pressure difference or velocity pressure during the ON period at the same pressure or velocity as measured during the H12 Test.
4 Maintain the airflow nozzle(s) static pressure difference or velocity pressure during the ON period at the same pressure or velocity as measured during the H11 Test.
5 Required only if the heat pump’s performance when operating at low compressor capacity and outdoor temperatures less than 37 °F is needed to complete the section 4.2.6 HSPF calculations.
6 If table note 5 applies, the section 3.6.6 equations for Q k=1(35) and E k=1(17) may be used in lieu of conducting the H2 Test.
˙h
˙h
1
7 Maintain the airflow nozzle(s) static pressure difference or velocity pressure during the ON period at the same pressure or velocity as measured during the H33 Test.
2 Defined
3.6.7 Tests for a heat pump having a
single indoor unit having multiple
blowers and offering two stages of
compressor modulation. Conduct the
heating mode tests specified in section
3.6.3. Covered multiple blower systems
have a single indoor coil connected to
a single outdoor unit offering two stages
of capacity modulation and ones having
a single indoor coil having two
refrigerant circuits where each circuit is
connected to separate but identical
outdoor units, each having a singlespeed compressor.
3.7 * * *
a. For the pretest interval, operate the
test room reconditioning apparatus and
the heat pump until equilibrium
conditions are maintained for at least 30
minutes at the specified section 3.6 test
conditions. Use the exhaust fan of the
airflow measuring apparatus and, if
installed, the indoor fan of the heat
pump to obtain and then maintain the
indoor air volume rate and/or external
static pressure specified for the
particular test. Continuously record the
dry-bulb temperature of the air entering
the outdoor coil. Refer to section 3.11
for additional requirements that depend
on the selected secondary test. After
satisfying the pretest equilibrium
requirements, make the measurements
specified in Table 3 of ASHRAE
Standard 37–2005 (incorporated by
reference, see § 430.3) for the Indoor Air
Enthalpy method and the user-selected
secondary method. Make the Table 3
measurements at equal intervals that
span 5 minutes or less. Continue data
sampling until a 30-minute period (e.g.,
seven consecutive 5-minute samples) is
reached where the test tolerances
specified in Table 13 are satisfied. For
those continuously recorded
parameters, use the entire data set for
the 30-minute interval when evaluating
Table 13 compliance. Determine the
average electrical power consumption of
the heat pump over the same 30-minute
interval.
TABLE 13—TEST OPERATING AND TEST CONDITION TOLERANCES FOR SECTION 3.7 AND SECTION 3.10 STEADY-STATE
HEATING MODE TESTS
Test operating
tolerance 1
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Indoor dry-bulb, °F
Entering temperature ....................................................................................................................
Leaving temperature .....................................................................................................................
Indoor wet-bulb, °F
Entering temperature ....................................................................................................................
Leaving temperature .....................................................................................................................
Outdoor dry-bulb, °F
Entering temperature ....................................................................................................................
Leaving temperature .....................................................................................................................
Outdoor wet-bulb, °F
Entering temperature ....................................................................................................................
Leaving temperature .....................................................................................................................
External resistance to airflow, inches of water ....................................................................................
Electrical voltage, % of rdg ..................................................................................................................
Nozzle pressure drop, % of rdg ..........................................................................................................
Test condition
tolerance 2
2.0
2.0
0.5
..................................
1.0
1.0
..................................
..................................
2.0
0.5
2 2.0
1.0
3 1.0
0.12
2.0
8.0
0.3
..................................
4 0.02
1.5
..................................
1 See
Definition 1.43.
Definition 1.42.
applies when the Outdoor Air Enthalpy Method is used.
4 Only applies when testing non-ducted units.
2 See
3 Only
b. Calculate indoor-side total heating
capacity as specified in sections 7.3.4.1
and 7.3.4.3 of ASHRAE Standard 37–
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
2005 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 430.3). * * *
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
d. If conducting the optional cyclic
heating mode test described in section
3.8, record the average indoor-side air
Ô
volume rate, V, specific heat of the air,
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
31259
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Each time a subsequent set of
temperature differences is recorded (if
sampling more frequently than every 5
minutes), calculate FCD using the most
recent seven sets of values. Continue
these calculations until the 30-minute
period is completed or until a value for
FCD is calculated that falls outside the
allowable range of 0.94–1.06. If the
latter occurs, immediately suspend the
test and identify the cause for the
disparity in the two temperature
difference measurements. Recalibration
of one or both sets of instrumentation
may be required. If all the values for FCD
are within the allowable range, save the
final value of the ratio from the 30minute test as FCD*.
If the temperature sensors used to
provide the primary measurement of the
indoor-side dry bulb temperature
difference during the steady-state drycoil test and the subsequent cyclic drycoil test are the same, set FCD* = 1.
e. If either or both of the below
criteria apply, determine the average,
steady-state, electrical power
consumption of the indoor fan motor
˙
(Efan,1):
1. The section 3.8 cyclic test will be
conducted and the heat pump has a
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
3.8 Test procedures for the optional
cyclic heating mode tests (the H0C1,
H1C, H1C1, H1C2, and H3C3 Tests). a.
Except as noted below, conduct the
cyclic heating mode test as specified in
section 3.5. As adapted to the heating
mode, replace section 3.5 references to
‘‘the steady-state dry coil test’’ with ‘‘the
heating mode steady-state test
conducted at the same test conditions as
E fan, 2 − E fan,1
ΔP − ΔP
2
1
variable-speed indoor fan that is
expected to be disabled during the
cyclic test; or
2. The heat pump has a (variablespeed) constant-air volume-rate indoor
fan and during the steady-state test the
average external static pressure (ΔP1)
exceeds the applicable section 3.1.4.4
minimum (or targeted) external static
pressure (ΔPmin) by 0.03 in wc or more.
˙
Determine Efan,1 by making
measurements during the 30-minute
data collection interval, or immediately
following the test and prior to changing
the test conditions. When the above ‘‘2’’
criteria applies, conduct the following
˙
four steps after determining Efan,1 (which
corresponds to ΔP1):
1. While maintaining the same test
conditions, adjust the exhaust fan of the
airflow measuring apparatus until the
external static pressure increases to
approximately ΔP1 + (ΔP1 ¥ ΔPmin).
2. After re-establishing steady
readings for fan motor power and
external static pressure, determine
average values for the indoor fan power
˙
(Efan,2) and the external static pressure
(ΔP2) by making measurements over a 5minute interval.
3. Approximate the average power
consumption of the indoor fan motor if
the 30-minute test had been conducted
at ΔPmin using linear extrapolation:
( ΔPmin − ΔP ) + E fan,1
1
the cyclic heating mode test.’’ Use the
test tolerances in Table 14 rather than
Table 8. Record the outdoor coil
entering wet-bulb temperature
according to the requirements given in
section 3.5 for the outdoor coil entering
wet-bulb temperature.
Drop the subscript ‘‘dry’’ used in
variables cited in section 3.5 when
referring to quantities from the cyclic
heating mode test. Determine the total
space heating delivered during the
cyclic heating test, qcyc, as specified in
section 3.5 except for making the
following changes:
(1) When evaluating Eq. 3.5–1, use the
Ô
values of V, Cp,a, vn′ (or vn), and Wn that
were recorded during the section 3.7
steady state test conducted at the same
test conditions.
(2) Calculate G using
τ2
*
Γ = FCD ∫ [Ta 2 (τ ) − Ta1 (τ ) ]δτ , hr ⋅°F,
τ1
Where:
FCD* = recorded during the section 3.7
steady state test conducted at the same
test conditions.
*
*
*
*
*
3.8.1 * * *
TABLE 14—TEST OPERATING AND TEST CONDITION TOLERANCES FOR CYCLIC HEATING MODE TESTS
Test operating
tolerance 1
Indoor entering dry-bulb temperature, ° F .......................................................................................................
Indoor entering wet-bulb temperature, ° F ......................................................................................................
Outdoor entering dry-bulb temperature, ° F ....................................................................................................
Outdoor entering wet-bulb temperature, ° F ...................................................................................................
External resistance to air-flow,3 inches of water .............................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:24 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
2.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
0.12
Test condition
tolerance 2
0.5
............................
0.5
1.0
............................
EP02JN10.258
E fan,min =
4. Decrease the total space heating
˙
˙
capacity, Qhk(T), by the quantity (Efan,1
˙
¥ Efan,min), when expressed on a Btu/
h basis. Decrease the total electrical
˙
power, Ehk(T) by the same fan power
difference, now expressed in watts.
1 i ΔT(Set SS)
∑
7 i − 6 ΔT(Set CYC)
EP02JN10.257
FCD =
EP02JN10.256
Cp,a (expressed on a dry air basis),
specific volume of the air at the nozzles,
vn′ (or vn), humidity ratio at the nozzles,
Wn, and either pressure difference or
velocity pressure for the flow nozzles.
If the temperature sensors used to
provide the primary measurement of the
indoor-side dry bulb temperature
difference during the steady-state drycoil test and the subsequent cyclic drycoil test are different, include
measurements of the latter sensors
among the regularly sampled data
during the steady-state test. Beginning at
the start of the 30-minute data collection
period, measure and compute the
indoor-side air dry bulb temperature
difference using both sets of
instrumentation, DT(Set SS) and
DT(Set CYC), for each equally spaced
data sample. If using a consistent data
sampling rate that is less than 1 minute,
calculate and record minutely averages
for the two temperature differences. If
using a consistent sampling rate of one
minute or more, calculate and record
the two temperature differences from
each data sample. After having recorded
the seventh (i=7) set of temperature
differences, calculate the following ratio
using the first seven sets of values:
31260
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 14—TEST OPERATING AND TEST CONDITION TOLERANCES FOR CYCLIC HEATING MODE TESTS—Continued
Test operating
tolerance 1
Airflow nozzle pressure difference or velocity pressure, 3 % of reading ........................................................
Electrical voltage,5 % of rdg ............................................................................................................................
2.0
8.0
Test condition
tolerance 2
4
2.0
1.5
1 See
Definition 1.43.
Definition 1.42.
3 Applies during the interval that air flows through the indoor (outdoor) coil except for the first 30 seconds after flow initiation. For units having a
variable-speed indoor fan that ramps, the tolerances listed for the external resistance to airflow shall apply from 30 seconds after achieving full
speed until ramp down begins.
4 The test condition shall be the average nozzle pressure difference or velocity pressure measured during the steady-state test conducted at
the same test conditions.
5 Applies during the interval that at least one of the following—the compressor, the outdoor fan, or, if applicable, the indoor fan—are operating,
except for the first 30 seconds after compressor start-up.
*
*
*
*
*
3.9 * * *
e. * * * Sample the remaining
parameters listed in Table 15 at equal
intervals that span 5 minutes or less.
*
*
*
*
*
3.9.2 * * *
a. Assign the demand defrost credit
Fdef used in section 4.2 to the value of
1 in all cases except for heat pumps
having a demand-defrost control system
(Definition 1.21). For such qualifying
heat pumps, evaluate Fdef using
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
⎡ Δτ def − 1.5 ⎤
Fdef = 1 + 0.03 ⋅ ⎢1 −
⎥,
⎣ Δτ max − 1.5 ⎦
Where:
ΔTdef = the time between defrost
terminations (in hours) or 1.5,
whichever is greater. A value of 6 must
be assigned to ΔTdef if this limit is
reached during a frost accumulation test
and the heat pump has not completed
a defrost cycle.
ΔTmax = maximum time between
defrosts as allowed by the controls (in
hours) or 12, whichever is less. The
value of ΔTmax must be provided by the
manufacturer.
*
*
*
*
*
3.10 Test procedures for steady-state
low and minimum temperature heating
mode tests (the H3, H33, H32, H31, and
H43 Tests). Except for modifications
noted in this section, conduct the low
temperature and minimum temperature
heating mode tests using the same
approach as specified in section 3.7 for
the maximum and high temperature
tests. After satisfying the section 3.7
requirements for the pretest interval but
before beginning to collect data to
˙
˙
˙
determine Qhk (17) or Qhk (2) and Ehk
˙
(17) or Ehk (2) , conduct a defrost cycle
that can be initiated manually or
automatically. The defrost sequence
must be terminated by the action of the
heat pump’s defrost controls. Begin the
30-minute data collection interval
˙
described in section 3.7 from which Qhk
˙
˙
˙
(17) and Ehk (17) or Qhk (2) and Ehk (2)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
are determined, no sooner than 10
minutes after defrost termination.
Defrosts should be prevented over the
30-minute data collection interval.
*
*
*
*
*
3.11.1.1 * * *
a. The test conditions for the
preliminary test are the same as
specified for the official test. Connect
the indoor air-side apparatus to the
indoor coil; disconnect the outdoor airside test apparatus. Allow the test room
reconditioning apparatus and the unit
being tested to operate for at least 1
hour. After attaining equilibrium
conditions, measure the following
quantities at equal intervals that span 5
minutes or less:
1. The section 2.10.1 evaporator and
condenser temperatures or pressures;
2. Parameters required according to
the indoor air enthalpy method.
Continue these measurements until a
30-minute period (e.g., seven
consecutive 5-minute samples) is
obtained where the Table 7 or Table 13,
whichever applies, test tolerances are
satisfied.
*
*
*
*
*
3.11.1.3 * * *
a. Continue (preliminary test was
conducted) or begin (no preliminary
test) the official test by making
measurements for both the indoor and
outdoor air enthalpy methods at equal
intervals that span 5 minutes or less.
Discontinue these measurements only
after obtaining a 30-minute period
where the specified test condition and
operating tolerances are satisfied. To
constitute a valid official test:
1. Achieve the energy balance
specified in section 3.1.1; and,
2. For cases where a preliminary test
is conducted, the capacities determined
using the Indoor Air Enthalpy Method
from the official and preliminary test
periods must agree within 2 percent.
*
*
*
*
*
3.11.2 * * *
a. Conduct separate calibration tests
using a calorimeter to determine the
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
refrigerant flow rate. Or for cases where
the superheat of the refrigerant leaving
the evaporator is less than 5 °F, use the
calorimeter to measure total capacity
rather than refrigerant flow rate.
Conduct these calibration tests at the
same test conditions as specified for the
tests in this Appendix. Operate the unit
for at least one hour or until obtaining
equilibrium conditions before collecting
data that will be used in determining
the average refrigerant flow rate or total
capacity. Sample the data at equal
intervals that span 5 minutes or less.
Determine average flow rate or average
capacity from data sampled over a 30minute period where the Table 7
(cooling) or the Table 13 (heating)
tolerances are satisfied. Otherwise,
conduct the calibration tests according
to ASHRAE Standard 23–05
(incorporated by reference, see § 430.3),
ASHRAE Standard 41.9–2000
(incorporated by reference, see § 430.3),
and section 7.4 of ASHRAE Standard
37–2005 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 430.3).
*
*
*
*
*
3.13 Laboratory testing to determine
off-mode energy consumption. The
below laboratory testing is used to
estimate the energy consumption of an
air conditioner during the non-cooling
seasons, the heating and shoulder
seasons that separate the cooling and
heating seasons. Testing to estimate the
energy consumption of a heat pump
during the collective shoulder seasons is
also described. The extent of the testing
strongly depends on whether the test
unit includes a compressor crankcase
heater, the heater is thermostatically
controlled, and the heater is provided
on an air conditioner or heat pump.
3.13.1 Determine if the air conditioner
or heat pump has a compressor
crankcase heater. If so equipped, turn
off the power to the outdoor unit, isolate
the leads that supply power to the
crankcase heater, measure the resistance
of the heater circuit, record the value as
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.259
2 See
RCC, reconnect the heater’s leads, and
resupply power to the outdoor unit.
Determine from the manufacturer if
the compressor crankcase heater is
thermostatically controlled. If the heater
is thermostatically controlled, the
manufacturer must provide:
a. A value for the outdoor
temperature, T00, at which the
crankcase heater is expected to begin
heating if the indoor temperature is
above 75 °F and no space conditioning
has been needed for a long enough time
that the compressor’s shell temperature
equals the outdoor air temperature; and
b. A value for the outdoor
temperature, T100, at which the
crankcase heater is expected to begin
continuous heating if the indoor
temperature is above 75 °F and no space
conditioning is needed.
3.13.2 For air conditioners not
having a compressor crankcase heater,
conduct the following off-mode power
test.
3.13.2.1 Conduct the test
immediately following the final cooling
mode test. No requirements are placed
on the ambient conditions within the
indoor and outdoor test rooms. The
room conditions are allowed to change
for the duration of this particular test.
Configure the controls of the air
conditioner to mimic the operating
mode if connected to a building
thermostat that is set to the OFF mode.
3.13.2.2 Integrate the power
consumption of the air conditioner over
a 5-minute interval. Calculate the
average power consumption rate for the
interval. Round this value to the nearest
even wattage value and record it as both
P1 and P2. Assign RCC=0.
3.13.3 For heat pumps not having a
compressor crankcase heater, conduct
the following off-mode power test.
3.13.3.1 Conduct the test
immediately following the final cooling
mode test. No requirements are placed
on the ambient conditions within the
indoor and outdoor test rooms. The
room conditions are allowed to change
for the duration of this particular test.
Configure the controls of the heat pump
to mimic the operating mode if
connected to a building thermostat that
is set to the COOL mode but whose
temperature setpoint is satisfied.
3.13.3.2 Integrate the power
consumption of the heat pump over a 5minute interval. Calculate the average
power consumption rate for the interval.
Record this value as P1C.
3.13.3.3 Re-configure the controls of
the heat pump to mimic the operating
mode if connected to a building
thermostat that is set to the HEAT mode
but whose temperature setpoint is
satisfied.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
3.13.3.4 Integrate the power
consumption of the heat pump over a 5minute interval. Calculate the average
power consumption rate for the interval.
Record this value as P1H.
3.13.3.5 Calculate P1 = (P1C + P1H)/
2 and round to the nearest even wattage.
Assign RCC=0 and P2=0.
3.13.4 For air conditioners having a
compressor crankcase heater, conduct
the following off-mode power test.
3.13.4.1 Conduct the test
immediately following the final cooling
mode test.
3.13.4.2 If the compressor crankcase
heater is not thermostatically controlled,
then (1) configure the controls of the air
conditioner to mimic the operating
mode if connected to a building
thermostat set to the OFF mode; (2)
assign T00 = T100 = 75 °F; and (3) skip
to section 3.13.4.5.9.
3.13.4.3 If the compressor crankcase
heater is thermostatically controlled and
the manufacturer-provided T100 is
greater than or equal to 75 °F, then (1)
T00 and T100 are deemed verified; (2)
configure the controls of the air
conditioner to mimic the operating
mode if connected to a building
thermostat that is set to the OFF mode;
and (3) skip to section 3.13.4.5.9.
3.13.4.4.1 Configure the controls of
the air conditioner to mimic the
operating mode if connected to a
building thermostat that is set to the
OFF mode. Maintain the dry bulb
temperature in the indoor test room
between 75 °F and 85 °F.
3.13.4.4.2 Monitor the power
consumption of the air conditioner and
denote two operating states: (1) Power
draw is at a lower level corresponding
to no current flowing to the compressor
crankcase heater (power-low) and (2)
power draw is at the higher level
corresponding to the compressor
crankcase heater operating (powerhigh).
3.13.4.4.3 As needed, temporarily
depart from the end of test cooling rate
(EOTCR) until the outdoor temperature
is at least 3 °F higher than T100 for at
least 15 minutes or, if the crankcase
heater is observed to cycle on (powerhigh) at this temperature, keep
increasing the outdoor temperature until
the compressor crankcase heater
remains off (power-low) for at least 15
minutes. The compressor must have
cycled off prior to beginning either 15
minute count.
3.13.4.4.4 Re-establish cooling the
outdoor test room with the
reconditioning system set to provide
EOTCR. As the outdoor temperature
decreases, monitor the test unit’s
electrical power and record the outdoor
temperature when the first power-high
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
31261
reading is measured. If this measured
temperature is equal to or less than T00
+ 2.5 °F, then the manufacturerprovided T00 is verified. If the
measured temperature is greater than
T00 + 2.5 °F, round the measured
outdoor temperature to the nearest 2.5
°F increment relative to a 65 °F
reference (e.g., 67.5 °F, 70.0 °F, 72.5 °F,
* * * or 65.0 °F, 62.5 °F, 60.0 °F,
* * *) and designate this rounded value
as the new T00.
3.13.4.4.5 If the manufacturerprovided T100 is greater than or equal
to T00¥10 °F then T100 is deemed
verified. If T100 > T00, then set T100 =
T00. Skip to section 3.13.4.5.
3.13.4.4.6 As needed, depart from
the EOTCR to obtain and then maintain
within ±1.0 °F an outdoor dry bulb
temperature that is between 10 °F and
15 °F less than T00. During the time that
the outdoor temperature is maintained
within the ±1.0 °F tolerance, monitor
the elapsed time of each power-high
interval (DtPH) and the elapsed time of
the power-low interval (DtPL) that
immediately follows. Also monitor the
outdoor temperature. Start data
collection at the beginning of a powerhigh interval—elapsed time = 0. If one
or more power-high + power-low cycles
is completed when the elapsed time
equals 20 minutes, discontinue the data
collection and proceed to section
3.13.4.4.7. If a power-high interval is
completed before the elapsed time
equals 30 minutes, monitor until the
subsequent power-low interval is
finished before discontinuing the data
collection and proceeding to section
3.13.4.4.7. If a power-low condition has
not started at an elapsed time of 30
minutes or within 45 minutes of first
obtaining outdoor conditions that meet
the ±1.0 °F tolerance, then assign T100
= T00¥10 °F and skip to section
3.13.4.5.
3.13.4.4.7 Designate the total
number of completed power-high +
power-low intervals from section
3.13.4.4.6 as NCC. Calculate the average
outdoor temperature recorded over the
corresponding interval of complete
cycles and designate it as TCC. Calculate
the average percent on-time of the
crankcase heater, FCC, using
N HL
FCC =
∑ ΔτPH
1
N HL
∑ ( ΔτPH + ΔτPL )
× 100%
1
Using the T00 from section 3.13.4.4.4,
FCC, and TCC, estimate the outdoor
temperature at which the crankcase
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.260
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
31262
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
heater would first begin to operate
continuously:
T 100 ( Lab ) =
(TCC − T 00 ) °F
× (100 − 0)% + T 00
( FCC − 0 ) %
= T 00 −
(e.g., 67.5 °F, 70.0 °F, 72.5 °F, * * * or
65.0 °F, 62.5 °F, 60.0 °F, * * *) and
designate this rounded value as the new
T100.
FCC =
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
)
3.13.5.3 If the compressor crankcase
heater is thermostatically controlled and
the manufacturer-provided T100 is
greater than or equal to 65 °F, then
assign FCC(65 °F) = 100 percent and skip
to section 3.13.5.5.
3.13.5.4 If the compressor crankcase
heater is thermostatically controlled and
the manufacturer-provided T100 is less
than 65 °F, obtain and then maintain the
outdoor dry bulb temperature between
64 °F and 66 °F. Maintain the dry bulb
temperature in the indoor test room
between 75 °F and 85 °F.
3.13.5.4.1 Monitor the power
consumption of the heat pump and
denote the two operating states: (1)
Power draw is at a lower level
corresponding to no current flowing to
the compressor crankcase heater
(power-low); and (2) power draw is at
the higher level corresponding to the
compressor crankcase heater operating
(power-high).
3.13.5.4.2 After the compressor has
been off for a minimum of 15 minutes
and while the outdoor temperature is
between 64 °F and 66 °F, monitor the
elapsed time of each power-high
interval (DtPH) and the elapsed time of
the power low interval (DtPH) that
immediately follows. Continue
monitoring the outdoor temperature.
Start the data collection at the
beginning of a power-high interval—
elapsed time = 0. If one or more powerhigh + power-low cycles is completed
when the elapsed time equals 20
minutes, discontinue the data collection
and proceed to section 3.13.5.4.3. If a
power-high interval is completed before
the elapsed time equals 30 minutes,
monitor until the subsequent power-low
interval is finished before discontinuing
the data collection and proceeding to
section 3.13.5.4.3. If a power-low
condition has not started at an elapsed
time of 30 minutes or within 45 minutes
of first obtaining an outdoor
temperature between 64 °F and 66 °F,
then assign FCC(65 °F) = 100 percent and
skip to section 3.13.5.5.
3.13.5.4.3 Designate the total
number of completed power-high +
power-low intervals as NCC. Calculate
the average outdoor temperature over
the corresponding interval of complete
cycles and designate it as TCC. Calculate
the average percent on-time of the
crankcase heater, FCC, using
N HL
FCC ( Lab) =
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
1
N HL
∑ ( ΔτPH + ΔτPL )
× 100%.
1
3.13.5.4.4 Using the manufacturerprovided T00 and T100, along with labmeasured TCC, calculate the expected
value of FCC. If TCC ≥ T00, then FCC =
0; if TCC ≤ T100, then FCC = 100 percent;
and if T100 < TCC < T00, then use:
(TCC − T 00 )
(T 00 − TCC )
× (100 − 0 ) % + 0% =
× 100
(T100 − T 00 )
(T 00 − T100 )
PO 00000
∑ ΔτPH
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.264
(
EP02JN10.263
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
For outdoor temperatures Tj that are
greater than or equal to T00, assign
FCC(Tj)=0. For outdoor temperatures that
are less than or equal to T100, assign
FCC(Tj)=100 percent.
3.13.4.5 At this point in the offmode power test, no requirements are
placed on the ambient conditions
within the indoor and outdoor test
rooms. The room conditions are allowed
to change for the duration of this
particular test. Temporarily turn off the
power to the outdoor unit and safely
disable the compressor crankcase heater
to prevent it from consuming any
electrical power. Re-energize the
outdoor unit.
3.13.4.6 Integrate the power
consumption of the air conditioner over
a 5-minute interval. Calculate the
average power consumption rate for the
interval. Record the value as P0.
3.13.5 For heat pumps having a
compressor crankcase heater, conduct
the following off-mode power test.
3.13.5.1 The test shall be conducted
immediately following the final cooling
mode test. Configure the controls of the
heat pump to mimic the operating mode
if connected to a building thermostat set
to the COOL mode but whose
temperature setpoint is satisfied.
3.13.5.2 If the compressor crankcase
heater is not thermostatically controlled,
assign FCC(65 °F) = 100 percent, and
skip to section 3.13.5.5.
T 00 − Tj
(100 − 0)%
× Tj − T 00 =
× 100%.
(T 100 − T 00)°F
T 00 − T 100
EP02JN10.262
( )
FCC Tj =
3.13.4.4.8 Approximate the percent
time on of the crankcase heater at any
outdoor temperatures between T00 and
T100 using
EP02JN10.261
If T100(Lab) ≤ T100 + 2.5 °F, then the
manufacturer-provided T100 is verified.
If T100(Lab) > T100 + 2.5 °F, round
T100(Lab) to the nearest 2.5 °F
increment relative to a 65 °F reference
100
× (T 00 − TCC )
FCC
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
power consumption rate for the interval.
Record this value as P0H. Assign P0 =
(P0C + P0H)/2.
3.13.5.6 Calculate P1 = P0 +
(FCC(65 °F)/100%) × [(230 V)2/RCC] and
round to the nearest even wattage.
Assign P2 = 0.
3.13.5.7 Re-enable the compressor
crankcase heater so that it may operate
in its normal manner.
*
*
*
*
4.1 * * *
When referenced, evaluate BL(Tj) for
cooling using * * *
* * * Where:
)
EP02JN10.271
× T j − 82 .
( )
⎧ BL T j Q c T j ⎫
⎪
⎪
=⎨
or
⎬ , whichever is less.
1
⎪
⎪
⎩
⎭
˙
Ec(Tj) = the electrical power consumption of
the test unit when operating at outdoor
temperature Tj, Btu/h, and
PLFf = the part load factor for temperature bin
j, dimensionless.
( ) = X (T j ) ⋅ Ec (T j ) × n j
are the same quantities as used for
calculating
( ).
qc T j
The quantities X(Tj) and
N
Calculate the electrical power
consumption at outdoor temperature Tj
using
nj
N
N
Where:
( )
Ec T j = Ec ( 82 ) +
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Ec ( 95 ) − Ec ( 82 )
Fmt 4701
95 − 82
Sfmt 4725
(
EP02JN10.266
ec T j
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
EP02JN10.270
( )
EP02JN10.272
using the fractional bin hours listed in
Table 16. Calculate the space cooling
capacity at outdoor temperature Tj using
)
× T j − 82 .
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
EP02JN10.269
(
N
EP02JN10.268
95 − 82
nj
EP02JN10.273
fractional bin hours for the cooling
season; the ratio of the number of hours
during the cooling season when the
outdoor temperature fell within the
range represented by bin temperature Tj
to the total number of hours in the
cooling season, dimensionless.
Assign
EP02JN10.267
Q c ( 95 ) − Q c ( 82 )
=
Calculate the cooling mode load factor
using
Use Eq. 4.1–2 to calculate the building
load, BL(Tj).
b. Evaluate the quantity ec(Tj)/N in Eq.
4.1–1 using
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
N
The temperatures 95 ° and 65 ° in the
building load equation represent the
selected outdoor design temperature
and the zero-load base temperature,
respectively.
*
*
*
*
*
4.1.1 SEER calculations for an air
conditioner or heat pump having a
single-speed compressor that was tested
with a fixed-speed indoor fan installed,
a constant-air-volume-rate indoor fan
installed, or with no indoor fan
( )
VerDate Mar<15>2010
nj
˙
Qck(95) = the space cooling capacity
determined from the A or A2 Test,
whichever applies, Btu/h.
1.1 = sizing factor, dimensionless.
X Tj
PLF j
N
n
(T j ) × Qc (T j ) × Nj
Where:
X(Tj) = the cooling mode load factor for
temperature bin j, dimensionless,
˙
Qc(Tj) = space cooling capacity of the test
unit when operating at outdoor
temperature Tj, Btu/h, and
*
( )
N
( )= X
qc T j
4. Calculations of Seasonal Performance
Descriptors
Q c T j = Q c ( 82 ) +
˙
Determine Qc(82) from the B Test,
˙
Qc(95), from the A Test, and evaluate
both in accordance with section 3.3.
installed. a. Calculate the seasonal
energy efficiency ratio, SEER, using Eq.
4.1–1. Evaluate the quantity qc(Tj)/N in
Eq. 4.1–1 using
02JNP3
EP02JN10.265
3.13.5.4.5 If FCC(Lab) ≤ FCC + 5
percent, then solve the section
3.13.5.4.4 equation for TCC = 65 °F and
assign the result as being FCC(65 °F). If
FCC(Lab) > FCC + 5 percent, round
FCC(Lab) to the nearest 5 percent
increment (e.g., 5, 10, 15, * * * 95
percent) and designate this rounded
value as FCC(65 °F).
3.13.5.5 At this point in the offmode power test, no requirements are
placed on the ambient conditions
within the indoor and outdoor test
rooms. The room conditions are allowed
to change for the duration of this
particular test. Temporarily turn off the
power to the outdoor unit and safely
disable the compressor crankcase heater
to prevent it from consuming any
electrical power. Re-energize the
outdoor unit.
3.13.5.5.1 Integrate the power
consumption of the heat pump over a 5minute interval. Calculate the average
power consumption rate for the interval.
Record this value as P0C.
3.13.5.5.2 Configure the controls of
the heat pump to mimic the operating
mode if connected to a building
thermostat set to the HEAT mode but
whose temperature setpoint is satisfied.
3.13.5.5.3 Integrate the power
consumption of the heat pump over a 5minute interval. Calculate the average
31263
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
˙
˙
Determine Ec (82) from the B Test, Ec
(95) from the A Test, and evaluate both
in accordance with section 3.3.
Calculate the part load factor using
10.2.4 of ASHRAE Standard 116–95 (RA 05)
(incorporated by reference, see § 430.3).
specified in section 3.3. Refer to section
3.2.2.1 and Table 4 for additional
information on the four referenced
*
*
*
*
*
laboratory tests.
4.1.5 SEER calculations for an air
b. Determine the cooling mode cyclic
conditioner or heat pump having a
degradation coefficient, CcD, as per
single indoor unit with multiple
sections 3.2.2.1 and 3.5 to 3.5.3. Assign
blowers. Calculate SEER using Eq. 4.1–
this same value to CcD(K=2).
1, where qc (Tj)/N and ec (Tj)/N are
c. Except for using the above values
evaluated as specified in applicable
˙
˙
˙
˙
of Qck=1 (Tj), Eck=1 (Tj), Qck=2 (Tj), Eck=2
below subsection.
(Tj), CcD, and CcD (k = 2), calculate the
4.1.5.1 For multiple blower systems
quantities qc (Tj)/N and ec (Tj)/N as
that are connected to a lone, singlespecified in section 4.1.3.1 for cases
speed outdoor unit.
˙
where Qck=1 (Tj) ≥ BL (Tj). For all other
a. Calculate the space cooling
˙ ck=1 (Tj), and electrical power outdoor bin temperatures, Tj, calculate
capacity, Q
˙
qc (Tj)/N and ec (Tj)/N as specified in
consumption, Eck=1 (Tj), of the test unit
˙
when operating at the cooling minimum section 4.1.3.3 if Qck=2 (Tj) > BL (Tj) or
˙
air volume rate and outdoor temperature as specified in section 4.1.3.4 if Qck=2
(Tj) ≤ BL (Tj).
Tj using the equations given in section
4.1.5.2 For multiple blower systems
4.1.2.1. Calculate the space cooling
˙
capacity, Qck=2 (Tj), and electrical power that are connected to either a lone
˙
outdoor unit having a two-capacity
consumption, Eck=2 (Tj), of the test unit
compressor or to two separate but
when operating at the cooling full-load
air volume rate and outdoor temperature identical model single-speed outdoor
units.
Tj using the equations given in section
Calculate the quantities qc (Tj)/N and
4.1.2.1. In evaluating the section 4.1.2.1
ec (Tj)/N as specified in section 4.1.3.
equations, determine the quantities
˙
˙
Qck=1 (82) and Eck=1 (82) from the B1
*
*
*
*
*
˙
˙
4.1.6 Region-specific SEER
Test, Qck=1 (95) and Eck=1 (95) from the
˙
˙
Al Test, Qck=2 (82) and Eck=2 (82) from the calculations for a hot-dry climatic
˙
region, SEER–HD. Calculate SEER–HD,
B2 Test, and Qck=2 (95) and from the A2
expressed in units of Btu/W×h, using:
Test. Evaluate all eight quantities as
qHD T j
∑ eHD (T j ) ∑
j =1
eHD T j
j =1
10
=
N
j =1
10
j =1
( )=
qHD T j
( )=
for the hot-dry climatic region, the ratio of
the total space cooling delivered during
periods of the space cooling season when the
outdoor temperature fell within the range
represented by bin temperature Tj to the total
N
for the hot-dry climatic region, the ratio of
the total electrical energy consumed by the
test unit during periods of the space cooling
season when the outdoor temperature fell
within the range represented by bin
( )
BLHD T j =
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
N
eHD T j
N
Where:
˙
Q*HD (95) = the space cooling capacity
determined from the AD or AD2 Test,
whichever applies, Btu/h, and
1.1 = sizing factor, dimensionless.
The temperatures 95 °F and 65 °F in
the building load equation represent the
outdoor design temperature and the
22:24 Jun 01, 2010
Eq. 4.1.6-1
number of hours in the cooling season (N),
Btu/h.
Where:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
( )
Jkt 220001
∗
(T j − 65) × QHD ( 95)
90 − 65
1.1
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
When referenced, evaluate the dry
climate building load BLHD(Tj) using
Eq. 4.1.6-2
zero-load temperature, respectively, for
the hot-dry climatic region.
4.1.6.1 SEER–HD calculations for an
air conditioner or heat pump having a
single-speed compressor that was tested
with a fixed-speed indoor fan installed,
a constant-air-volume-rate fan installed,
or with no indoor fan installed.
PO 00000
temperature Tj to the total number of hours
in the cooling season (N), W.
Tj = the outdoor bin temperature, °F. Outdoor
temperatures are grouped or ‘‘binned.’’
Use bins of 5 °F with the 10 dry climate
bin temperatures being 67, 72, 77, 82, 87,
92, 97, 102, 107, and 112 °F.
j = the bin number. For dry climate seasonal
calculations, j ranges from 1 to 10.
Calculate SEER–HD using Eq. 4.1.6–1.
Evaluate the quantities qHD(Tj)/N and
eHD(Tj)/N in Eq. 4.1.6–1 as specified in
section 4.1.1 for qc(Tj)/N and ec(Tj)/N,
respectively, only now replacing the
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.278
10
10
SEER − HD =
( )
∑ qHD (T j ) ∑
EP02JN10.277
T1 = the outdoor temperature at which the
unit, when operating at minimum
compressor speed, provides a space cooling
capacity that is equal to the building load
˙
(Qck=1(T1))=BL(T1)), °F. Determine T1 by
equating Eqs. 4.1.3–1 and 4.1–2 and solving
for outdoor temperature. Alternatively, T1
may be determined as specified in section
10.2.4 of ASHRAE Standard 116–95 (RA 05)
(incorporated by reference, see § 430.3).
T2 = the outdoor temperature at which the
unit, when operating at the intermediate
compressor speed used during the section
3.2.4 EV Test, provides a space cooling
capacity that is equal to the building load
˙
(Qck=2 (T2) = BL (T2)), °F. Determine T2 by
equating Eqs. 4.1.4–1 and 4.1–2 and solving
for outdoor temperature. Alternatively, T2
may be determined as specified in section
EP02JN10.276
c. If the optional tests described in
section 3.2.1 are not conducted, set the
cooling mode cyclic degradation
coefficient, CDc, to the default value
specified in section 3.5.3.
*
*
*
*
*
4.1.4.2 * * *
EP02JN10.275
( )
c
PLF j = 1 − CD ⋅ ⎡1 − X T j ⎤
⎣
⎦
EP02JN10.274
31264
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
˙
˙
˙
quantities Qc(Tj) and Ec(Tj) with QHD(Tj)
˙
and EHD(Tj). Also, use the fractional bin
hours, nj)/N, given in Table 16a rather
than the values listed in Table 16.
˙
Calculate QHD(Tj) using the section
˙
4.1.1 equation for Qc(Tj), replacing
˙
˙
˙
Qc(95) and Qc(82) with QHD(95) and
˙
˙
QHD(82), respectively. Calculate EHD(Tj)
using the section 4.1.1 equation for
˙
˙
˙
Ec(Tj), replacing Ec(95) and Ec(82) with
˙
˙
EHD(95) and EHD(82), respectively.
˙
˙
Determine QHD(95) and EHD(95) from the
AD Test described in section 3.2.1 and
conducted in accordance with section
˙
˙
3.3. Determine QHD(82) and EHD(82)
using the section 3.2.1 default equations
or from the BD Test described in section
3.2.1 and conducted in accordance with
section 3.3.
Replace section 4.1.1 references to
BL(Tj) with BLHD(Tj), as evaluated using
Eq. 4.1.6–2. In evaluating Eq. 4.1.6–2,
˙
set QHD*(90) equal to the value obtained
˙
from solving the equation for QHD(Tj) at
Tj = 90 °F.
If it helps the user, the remaining
section 4.1.1 calculation parameters of
X(Tj) and PLFj may also be designated
as their dry climate versions by adding
a subscript ‘‘HD’’ when calculating
SEER–HD. Finally, use the section 4.1.1
value of CDc that was used to calculate
SEER to also calculate SEER–HD.
4.1.6.2 SEER–HD calculations for an
air conditioner or heat pump having a
single-speed compressor and a variablespeed variable-air-volume rate indoor
fan.
4.1.6.2.1 Units covered by section
3.2.2.1 where the indoor fan capacity
modulation correlates with the outdoor
dry bulb temperature. The manufacturer
must provide information on how the
indoor air volume rate or the indoor fan
speed varies over the outdoor
temperature range of 67 °F to 112 °F.
Calculate SEER–HD using Eq. 4.1.6–1.
Evaluate the quantities qHD(Tj)/N and
eHD(Tj)/N in Eq. 4.1.6–1 as specified in
section 4.1.2.1 for qc(Tj)/N and ec(Tj)/N,
respectively, only now replacing the
˙
˙
˙
quantities Qc(Tj) and Ec(Tj) with QHD(Tj)
˙
and EHD(Tj). Also, use the fractional bin
hours, nj/N, given in Table 16a rather
than the values listed in Table 16.
˙
Calculate QHD(Tj) using Eq. 4.1.2–2,
˙
˙
where QHD(Tj), QHDk=2(Tj), and
˙
˙
˙
QHDk=1(Tj) replace Qc(Tj), Qck=2(Tj), and
˙
Qck=1(Tj), respectively. Use the section
˙
4.1.2.1 equations for Qck=1(Tj) and
˙
˙
Qck=2(Tj) to calculate QHDk=1(Tj) and
˙
QHDk=2(Tj), respectively. In evaluating
˙
these equations, use QHDk=1(82),
˙
˙
˙
QHDk=1(95), QHDk=2(82), and QHDk=2(95).
˙
˙
Determine QHDk=2(95), and QHDk=1(95)
from the AD2 and AD1 Tests described
in section 3.2.2.1 and conducted in
accordance with section 3.3. Determine
˙
˙
QHDk=2(82) and QHDk=1(82) using the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
section 3.2.2.1 default equations or from
the BD2 and BD1 Tests described in
section 3.2.2.1 and conducted in
accordance with section 3.3.
˙
Calculate EHD(Tj) using Eq. 4.1.2–4,
˙
˙
˙
where EHD(Tj), EHDk=2(Tj), and EHDk=1(Tj)
˙
˙
˙
replace Ec(Tj), Eck=2(Tj), and Eck=1(Tj),
respectively. Use the section 4.1.2.1
˙
˙
equations for Eck=1(Tj) and Eck=2(Tj) to
˙
˙
calculate EHDk=1(Tj) and EHDk=2(Tj),
respectively. In evaluating these
˙
˙
equations, use EHDk=1(82), EHDk=1(95),
˙
˙
EHDk=2(82), and EHDk=2(95). Determine
˙
˙
EHDk=2(95) and EHDk=1(95) from the AD2
and AD1 Tests described in section
3.2.2.1 and conducted in accordance
˙
with section 3.3. Determine EHDk=2(82)
˙
and EHDk=1(82) using the section 3.2.2.1
default equations or from the BD2 and
BD1 Tests described in section 3.2.2.1
and conducted in accordance with
section 3.3.
Replace section 4.1.2.1 references to
BL(Tj) with BLHD(Tj), as evaluated using
Eq. 4.1.6–2. In evaluating Eq. 4.1.6–2,
˙
set QHD*(90) equal to the value obtained
˙
from solving the equation for QHDk=2(Tj)
at Tj = 90 °F. The parameters FPck=1,
FPck=2, and FPc(Tj) denote the fan speeds
described in section 4.1.2.1, only now as
applied to the dry climate configuration
and, in the case of the first two
variables, as used for the AD1 and AD2
Tests.
If it helps the user, the remaining
section 4.1.2.1 calculation parameters of
X(Tj) and PLFj may also be designated
as their dry climate versions by adding
a subscript ‘‘HD’’ when calculating
SEER–HD. Finally, use the section
4.1.2.1 value of cDc used to calculate
SEER to also calculate SEER–HD.
4.1.6.2.2 Units covered by section
3.2.2 where indoor fan capacity
modulation is used to adjust the
sensible to total cooling capacity ratio.
Calculate SEER–HD as specified in
section 4.1.6.1.
4.1.6.3 SEER–HD calculations for an
air conditioner or heat pump having a
two-capacity compressor.
Calculate SEER–HD using Eq. 4.1.6–1.
Evaluate the quantities qHD(Tj)/N and
eHD(Tj)/N in Eq. 4.1.6–1 as specified for
qc(Tj)/N and ec(Tj)/N, respectively, in
sections 4.1.3.1, 4.1.3.2, 4.1.3.3, and
4.1.3.4, as appropriate, only now
˙
replacing the quantities Qck(Tj) and
˙
˙
˙
Eck(Tj) with QHDk(Tj) and EHDk(Tj). Also,
use the fractional bin hours, nj/N, given
in Table 16a rather than the values
listed in Table 16.
˙
Calculate QHDk=1(Tj) using Eq. 4.1.3–1,
˙
˙
where QHDk=1(Tj), QHDk=1(82), and
˙
˙
˙
QHDk=1(67), replace Qck=1(Tj), Qck=1(82),
˙
and Qck=1(67), respectively. Calculate
˙
QHDk=2(Tj) using Eq. 4.1.3–3 where
˙
˙
˙
QHDk=2(Tj), QHDk=2(95), and QHDk=2(82)
˙
˙
replace Qck=2(Tj), Qck=2(95), and
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
31265
˙
Qck=2(82), respectively. Determine
˙
˙
QHDk=2(95) and QHDk=1(82) from the AD2
and BD1 Tests described in section 3.2.3
and conducted in accordance with
˙
section 3.3. Determine QHDk=2(82) and
˙
QHDk=1(67) using the section 3.2.3
default equations or from the BD2 and
FD1 Tests described in section 3.2.3 and
conducted in accordance with section
3.3.
˙
Calculate EHDk=1(Tj) using Eq. 4.1.3–2,
˙
˙
where EHDk=1(Tj), EHDk=1(82), and
˙
˙
˙
EHDk=1(67), replace Eck=1(Tj), Eck=1(82),
˙
and Eck=1(67), respectively. Calculate
˙
EHDk=2(Tj) using Eq. 4.1.3–4, where
˙
˙
˙
EHDk=2(Tj), EHDk=2(95), and EHDk=2(82),
˙
˙
˙
replace Eck=2(Tj),Eck=2(95), and Eck=2(82),
˙
respectively. Determine EHDk=2(95) and
˙
EHDk=1(82) from the AD2 and BD1 Tests
described in section 3.2.3 and
conducted in accordance with section
˙
˙
3.3. Determine EHDk=2(82) and EHDk=1(67)
using the section 3.2.3 default equations
or from the BD2 and FD1 Tests described
in section 3.2.3 and conducted in
accordance with section 3.3.
Replace section 4.1.3 to 4.1.3.4
references to BL(Tj) with BLHD(Tj), as
evaluated using Eq. 4.1.6–2. In
˙
evaluating Eq. 4.1.6–2, set Q*HD(90)
equal to the value obtained from solving
˙
the equation for QHDk=2(Tj) at Tj = 90 °F.
If it helps the user, the remaining
section 4.1.3 to 4.1.3.4 calculation
parameters of Xk=1(Tj), Xk=2(Tj), and PLFj
may also be designated as their dry
climate versions by adding a subscript
‘‘HD’’ when calculating SEER–HD.
Finally, use the section 4.1.3.1 value of
CDc and the section 4.1.3.3 value of
CDc(k = 2) that were used to calculate
SEER to also calculate SEER–HD.
4.1.6.4 SEER–HD calculations for an
air conditioner or heat pump having a
variable-speed compressor.
Calculate SEER–HD using Eq. 4.1.6–1.
Evaluate the quantities qHD (Tj) / N and
eHD (Tj) / N in Eq. 4.1.6–1 as specified
for qc (Tj) / N, and ec (Tj) / N,
respectively, in sections 4.1.4.1, 4.1.4.2,
and 4.1.4.3, as appropriate only now
˙
˙
replacing the quantities Qkc (Tj) and Ekc
˙
˙
(Tj) with QkHD (Tj) and EkHD (Tj). Also,
use the fractional bin hours, nj/N, given
in Table 16a rather than the values
listed in Table 16.
˙
Calculate QHDk=1 (Tj) using Eq. 4.1.3–
˙
˙
1, where QHDk=1 (Tj), QHDk=1 (82), and
˙
˙
˙
QHDk=1 (67), replace Qck=1 (Tj), Qck=1
˙
(82), and Qck=1 (67), respectively.
˙
Calculate QHDk=2 (Tj) using Eq. 4.1.3–3
˙
˙
where QHDk=2 (Tj), QHDk=2 (82) replace
˙
˙
˙
Qck=2 (Tj), Qck=2 (95), and Qck=2 (82),
˙
respectively. Determine QHDk=2 (95) and
˙
QHDk=1 (82) from the AD2 and BD1 Tests
described in section 3.2.4 and
conducted in accordance with section
˙
˙
3.3. Determine QHDk=2 (82) and QHDk=1
(67) using the section 3.2.3 default
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
31266
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
equations or from the BD2 and FD1 Tests
described in section 3.2.4 and
conducted in accordance with section
3.3.
˙
Calculate EHDk=1 (Tj) using Eq. 4.1.3–
˙
˙
2, where EHDk=1 (Tj), EHDk=1 (82), and
˙
˙
˙
EHDk=1 (67), replace Eck=1 (Tj), Eck=1 (82),
˙
and Eck=1 (67), respectively. Calculate
˙
EHDk=2 (Tj), using Eq. 4.1.3–4, where
˙
˙
˙
EHDk=2 (Tj), EHDk=2 (95), and EHDk=2 (82)
˙
˙
˙
replace Eck=2 (Tj), Eck=2 (95), and Eck=2
˙
(82), respectively. Determine EHDk=2 (95)
˙
and EHDk=2 (82) from the AD2 and BD1
Tests described in section 3.2.4 and
conducted in accordance with section
˙
˙
3.3. Determine EHDk=2 (82) and EHDk=1
(67) using the section 3.2.3 default
equations or from the BD2 and FD3 Tests
described in section 3.2.4 and
conducted in accordance with section
3.3.
Approximate the performance of the
air conditioner and heat pump had it
been tested for its steady-state, dry
climate, intermediate speed (k = v)
performance at an outdoor dry bulb
temperature of 87 °F using the following
equations.
1
k=v
k=
k=
k=
Q HD ( 87 ) = Q HD1 ( 87 ) + × ⎡Q HD2 ( 87 ) − Q HD1 ( 87 ) ⎤
⎦
3 ⎣
1
k =v
k=
k=
k=
EHD ( 87 ) = EHD1 ( 87 ) + × ⎡ EHD2 ( 87 ) − EHD1 ( 87 ) ⎤
⎦
3 ⎣
Where:
˙
˙
QHDk=1 (87) and QHDk=2 (87) = obtained by
˙
solving the equations for QHDk=1 (Tj) and
˙
˙
QHDk=2 (Tj) for Tj = 87 °F, and EHDk=1
(87), and
˙
EHDk=2 (87) = obtained by solving the
˙
˙
equations for EHDk=1 (Tj) and EHDk=2 (Tj)
for Tj = 87 °F.
˙
Calculate QHDk=v (Tj) using Eq. 4.1.4–
˙
˙
1, where QHDk=v (Tj) and QHDk=v (87)
˙
˙
replace Qck=v (Tj) and Qck=v (87),
˙
respectively. Calculate EHDk=v (Tj) using
˙
Eq. 4.1.4–2, where EHDk=v (Tj) and
˙
˙
˙
EHDk=v (87) replace Eck=v (Tj) and Eck=v
(87), respectively.
Replace section 4.1.4 to 4.1.4.3
references to BL(Tj) with BLHD (Tj), as
evaluated using Eq. 4.1.6–2. In
˙
evaluating Eq. 4.1.6–2, set QHD (90)
equal to the value obtained from solving
˙
the equation for QHDk=2 (Tj) at Tj = 90
°F.
If it helps the user, the remaining
section 4.1.4 to 4.1.4.3 calculation
parameters of MQ, ME, NQ, NE, ERRk=1
(Tj), A, B, C, D, T1, Tv, T2, EERk=1 (T1),
EERk=v (Tv), EERk=2(T2), Xk=1(Tj), and
PLFj may also be designated as their dry
climate versions by adding a subscript
‘‘HD’’ when calculating SEER–HD.
Finally, use the section 4.1.4.1 value of
CcD used to calculate SEER to also
calculate SEER–HD.
TABLE 16a—DISTRIBUTION OF FRACTIONAL BIN HOURS WITHIN THE HOT-DRY CLIMATIC REGION
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
*
*
*
*
4.2 * * *
4. For triple-capacity, northern heat
˙
˙
pumps (Definition 1.47), Qhk (47) = Qhk=2
(47), the space heating capacity
determined from the H12 Test.
For HSPF calculations for all heat
pumps, see either section 4.2.1, 4.2.2,
4.2.3, 4.2.4, or 4.2.6, whichever applies.
*
*
*
*
*
4.2.4.2 * * *
T4 = the outdoor temperature at which
the heat pump, when operating at
maximum compressor speed, provides a
space heating capacity equal to the
˙
building load (Qhk=2(T4) = BL(T4)), °F.
Determine T4 by equating Eqs. 4.2.2–3
(k=2) and 4.2–2 and solving for outdoor
temperature. Alternatively T4 may be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
65–69
70–74
75–79
80–84
85–89
90–94
95–99
100–104
105–109
110–114
determined as specified in section
10.2.4 of ASHRAE Standard 116–95 (RA
05) (incorporated by reference, see
§ 430.3).
*
*
*
*
*
4.2.6 Additional steps for
calculating the HSPF of a heat pump
having a triple-capacity compressor.
The only triple-capacity heat pumps
covered at this time are triple-capacity,
northern heat pumps as defined in
section 1.45. For such heat pumps, the
calculation of the Eq. 4.2–1 quantities
( ) and RH (T j )
eh T j
N
N
differ depending on whether the heat
pump would cycle on and off at low
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
67
72
77
82
87
92
97
102
107
112
Fraction of total
temperature bin
hours
nj/N
0.477
0.208
0.119
0.086
0.047
0.027
0.021
0.011
0.004
0.000
capacity (section 4.2.6.1), cycle on and
off at high capacity (section 4.2.6.2),
cycle on and off at booster capacity
(4.2.6.3), cycle between low and high
capacity (section 4.2.6.4), cycle between
high and booster capacity (section
4.2.6.5), operate continuously at low
capacity (4.2.6.6), operate continuously
at high capacity (section 4.2.6.7),
operate continuously at booster capacity
(4.2.6.8), or heat solely using resistive
heating (also section 4.2.6.8) in
responding to the building load. As
applicable, the manufacturer must
supply information regarding the
outdoor temperature range at which
each stage of compressor capacity is
active. Information of the type shown in
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.280
1 ...........................................................................................................................
2 ...........................................................................................................................
3 ...........................................................................................................................
4 ...........................................................................................................................
5 ...........................................................................................................................
6 ...........................................................................................................................
7 ...........................................................................................................................
8 ...........................................................................................................................
9 ...........................................................................................................................
10 .........................................................................................................................
Representative
temperature for
bin j
°F
EP02JN10.279
Bin
temperature
range
°F
Bin No.
j
31267
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
the example table below is required in
such cases.
Compressor capacity
Outdoor temperature range of operation
40 °F ≤ T ≤ 65 °F
20 °F ≤ T ≤ 50 °F
¥20 °F ≤ T ≤ 30 °F
Low (k=1) .....................................................................................
High (k=2) ....................................................................................
Booster (k=3) ...............................................................................
a. Evaluate the space heating capacity
and electrical power consumption of the
heat pump when operating at low
compressor capacity and outdoor
temperature Tj using the equations
˙
given in section 4.2.3 for Qhk=1 (Tj) and
˙ hk=1 (Tj) In evaluating the section 4.2.3
E
˙
equations, determine the inputs Qhk=1
˙ hk=1 (62) from the HO1 Test
(62) and E
˙
˙
and determine Qhk=1 (47) and Ehk=1 (47)
from the H11 Test. Calculate all four
quantities as specified in section 3.7. If,
in accordance with section 3.6.6, the
˙
H31 Test is conducted, calculate Qhk=1
˙
(17) and Ehk=1 (17) as specified in
˙
section 3.10 and determine Qhk=1 (35)
˙
and Ehk=1 (35) as specified in section
3.6.6.
b. Evaluate the space heating capacity
and electrical power consumption of the
heat pump when operating at high
compressor capacity and outdoor
˙
˙
temperature Tj [Qhk=2 (Tj) and Ehk=2 (Tj)]
by solving Eqs. 4.2.2–3 and 4.2.2–4,
respectively, for k = 2. Determine the
˙
˙
equation inputs Qhk=2 (47) and Ehk=2 (47)
(
from the H12 Test, evaluated as
specified in section 3.7. Determine the
˙
˙
equation inputs Qhk=2 (35) and Ehk=2 (35)
from the H22 Test, evaluated as
specified in section 3.9.1. Also,
˙
determine the equation inputs Qhk=2 (17)
˙ hk=2 (17) from the H32 Test,
and E
evaluated as specified in section 3.10.
c. Evaluate the space heating capacity
and electrical power consumption of the
heat pump when operating at booster
compressor capacity and outdoor
temperature Tj using
)
( )
k=
k=
⎧
⎡Qh 3 ( 35 ) − Qh 3 (17 ) ⎤ × T j − 17
⎦
k=
⎪Qh 3 (17 ) + ⎣
, if 17 < T j ≤ 45° F
⎪
35 − 17
=⎨
k=
k=
⎡Qh 3 (17 ) − Qh 3 ( 2 ) ⎤ × T j − 2
⎪ k=3
⎣
⎦
, if T j ≤ 17° F
⎪ Qh ( 2 ) +
17 − 2
⎩
(T j )
k=
k=
⎧
⎡ Eh 3 ( 35 ) − Eh 3 (17 ) ⎤ × T j − 17
⎦
k=
⎪ Eh 3 (17 ) + ⎣
, if 17 < T j ≤ 45° F
⎪
35 − 17
=⎨
k=
k=
⎡ Eh 3 (17 ) − Eh 3 ( 2 ) ⎤ × T j − 2
⎪ k=3
⎦
, if T j ≤ 17° F
Eh ( 2 ) + ⎣
⎪
17 − 2
⎩
(
)
(
(
Calculate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
)
( ) and RH (T j )
( ) and RH (T j )
N
N
using Eqs. 4.2.3–1 and 4.2.3–2,
respectively. Determine the equation
inputs Xk=1 (Tj), PLFj, and δ′(Tj) as
specified in section 4.2.3.1. In
calculating the part load factor, PLFj, use
the low-capacity cyclic-degradation
coefficient CDh [or equivalently, CDh(k =
1)] determined in accordance with
section 3.6.6.
4.2.6.2 Heat pump only operates at
high (k = 2) compressor capacity at
temperature Tj and its capacity is greater
than or equal to the building heating
˙
load, Qhk=1 (Tj) ≥ BL(Tj). Evaluate the
quantities
as specified in section 4.2.3.3.
Determine the equation inputs Xk=2 (Tj),
PLFj, and δ′(Tj) as specified in section
4.2.3.3. In calculating the part load
factor, PLFj, use the high-capacity
cyclic-degradation coefficient, CDh(k =
2)] determined in accordance with
section 3.6.6.
4.2.6.3 Heat pump only operates at
booster (k = 3) capacity at temperature
Tj and its capacity is greater than or
˙
equal to the building heating load, Qhk=3
) ≥ BL(Tj).
(Tj
( ) using Eq. 4.2.3-2. Evaluate eh (T j ) using
RH T j
PO 00000
N
Frm 00045
N
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
N
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.285
N
eh T j
EP02JN10.284
eh T j
EP02JN10.283
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
˙
Determine the inputs Qhk=3 (17) and
˙
Ehk=3 (17) from the H33 Test and
˙
˙
determine Qhk=3 (2) and Ehk=3 (2) from
the H43 Test. Calculate all four
quantities as specified in section 3.10.
˙
Determine the inputs Qhk=3 (35) and
˙
Ehk=3 (35) as specified in section 3.6.6.
4.2.6.1 Steady-state space heating
capacity when operating at low
compressor capacity is greater than or
equal to the building heating load at
˙
temperature Tj, Qhk=1 (Tj) ≥ BL(Tj), and
the heat pump permits low compressor
capacity operation at Tj. Evaluate the
quantities
)
EP02JN10.282
k=
Eh 3
EP02JN10.281
k=
Qh 3 T j
31268
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
( ) = X k =3 (T j ) × Ehk =3 (T j ) × δ ’(T j ) × n j
eh T j
N
PLF j
N
Where:
( )
( )
( )
( )
k
h
X k =3 Tj = BL Tj / Qh =3 Tj , and PLFj = 1 − C D (k = 3) × ⎡1 − X k =3 Tj ⎤
⎣
⎦
building heating load at temperature Tj,
˙
˙
Qhk=1 (Tj) < BL(Tj) < Qhk=2 (Tj).
Evaluate the quantities
( ) and RH (T j )
eh T j
N
( ) using Eq. 4.2.3-2. Evaluate eh (T j ) using
RH T j
( ) ( ) , and
(Tj ) − Qhk =2 (Tj )
k
Qh =3 Tj − BL Tj
k
Qh = 3
( ) = E k =1
eh T j
N
h
nj
(T j ) × δ ’ (T j ) × N
where the low temperature cut-out
factor, δ′(Tj), is calculated using Eq.
4.2.3–3.
4.2.6.7 Heat pump only operates at
high (k = 2) capacity at temperature Tj
and its capacity is less than the building
˙
heating load, BL(Tj) > Qhk=2(Tj). Evaluate
the quantities
( ) = E k =3
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
eh T j
N
h
21:28 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
N
3.413
( ) and RH (T j )
N
N
as specified in section 4.2.3.4. Calculate
δ″(Tj) using the equation given in
section 4.2.3.4.
(T j ) × δ ’ (T j ) × N
and
Frm 00046
Btu/h
W
N
4.2.6.8 Heat pump only operates at
booster (k = 3) capacity at temperature
Tj and its capacity is less than the
˙
building heating load, BL(Tj) > Qhk=3(Tj),
or the system converts to using only
resistive heating.
( ) = BL (T j ) − ⎡Qhk =3 (T j ) × δ ’ (T j )⎤ × n j
⎣
⎦
RH T j
N
3.413
coverts to using only resistive heating at
outdoor temperature Tj, set δ″(Tj) equal
to zero.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
EP02JN10.294
( ) = BL (T j ) − ⎡Qhk =1 (T j ) × δ ’(T j )⎤ × n j
⎣
⎦
RH T j
eh T j
nj
where δ″(Tj) is calculated as specified in
section 4.2.3.4 if the heat pump is
operating at its booster compressor
capacity. If the heat pump system
VerDate Mar<15>2010
and
4.2.6.6 Heat pump only operates at
low (k = 1) capacity at temperature Tj
and its capacity is less than the building
˙
heating load, BL(Tj) > Qhk=1 (Tj).
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Btu/h
W
N
4.2.7 Additional steps for
calculating the HSPF of a heat pump
having a single indoor unit with
multiple blowers. The calculation of the
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.293
( )
X k = 2 Tj =
Xk=3 (Tj) = Xk=2 (Tj) =
the heating mode, booster capacity load
factor for temperature bin j,
dimensionless.
Determine the low temperature cutout factor, δ′(Tj), using Eq. 4.2.3–3.
EP02JN10.292
Where:
EP02JN10.291
N
n
(T j ) ⋅ Ehk =2 (T j ) + X k =3 (T j ) ⋅ Ehk =3 (T j )⎤ ⋅ δ ’(T j ) ⋅ Nj
⎦
EP02JN10.290
⎣
EP02JN10.289
( ) = ⎡ X k =2
eh T j
N
EP02JN10.288
N
EP02JN10.287
Calculate
N
as specified in section 4.2.3.2.
Determine the equation inputs Xk=1 (Tj),
Xk=2 (Tj), and δ′(Tj) as specified in
section 4.2.3.2.
4.2.6.5 Heat pump alternates
between high (k = 2) and booster (k =
3) compressor capacity to satisfy the
building heating load at temperature Tj,
˙
˙
Qhk=2 (Tj) < BL(Tj) < Qhk=3(Tj).
EP02JN10.286
Determine the low temperature cutout factor, δ′(Tj), using Eq. 4.2.3–3. Use
the booster-capacity cyclic-degradation
coefficient, CDh(k = 3), determined in
accordance with section 3.6.6.
4.2.6.4 Heat pump alternates
between low (k = 1) and high (k = 2)
compressor capacity to satisfy the
31269
Where:
( )
⎡ FCC Tj ( 230 V )2 ⎤
⎥.
P1 Tj = P0 + ⎢
⋅
RCC ⎥
⎢ 100
⎣
⎦
( )
Obtain RCC, the measured resistance
of crankcase heater element, and P0, the
average off-mode power consumption of
all other air conditioner components
except the crankcase heater, as specified
in sections 3.13.1 and 3.13.4.6,
respectively. Calculate the percent time
on of the crankcase heater for outdoor
bin temperatures Tj = 57, 62, 67, and 72
°F as specified in section 3.13.4.4.8.
4.2.8.1.3 Heat pumps that have a
compressor crankcase heater. For heat
pumps having a compressor crankcase
heater, evaluate P1 using
⎡ F (65) ( 230 V )2 ⎤
⎥,
P1 = P0 + ⎢ CC
⋅
RCC ⎥
⎢ 100
⎣
⎦
rounded to the nearest even wattage.
Obtain RCC, the measured resistance
of crankcase heater element, and P0, the
( )
J ⎡n
FCC Tj ( 230 V )2 ⎤
j
⎥
P2 = P0 + ∑ ⎢ ⋅
⋅
100
RCC ⎥
j ⎢N
⎣
⎦
rounded to the nearest even wattage.
Obtain RCC, the measured resistance of
crankcase heater element, and P0, the
average off-mode power consumption of
all other air conditioner components
except the crankcase heater, as specified
in sections 3.13.1 and 3.13.4.6,
respectively. Calculate FCC(Tj), the
percent time on of the crankcase heater
for outdoor bin temperatures Tj as
specified in section 3.13.4.4.8. Obtain
nj/N, the heating season fractional bin
hours, from Table 17.
4.2.8.3 Off-mode seasonal energy
consumption.
4.2.8.3.1 For the shoulder seasons.
Calculate the off-mode energy
consumption for the collective shoulder
seasons, E1, using
E1 = P1 × SSH
Where:
P1 = determined as specified in section
4.2.7.1 and the SSH are determined from
Table 19.
EP02JN10.298
P1(57) + P1(62) + P1(67) + P1(72)
4
P1 =
average off-mode power consumption of
all other heat pump components except
the crankcase heater, as specified in
sections 3.13.1 and 3.13.5.5.3,
respectively. Calculate the percent time
on of the crankcase heater at a 65 °F
outdoor temperature, FCC(65), as
specified in section 3.13.5.4.5.
4.2.8.2 Off-mode seasonal power
consumption for air conditioners during
the heating season, P2. For air
conditioners, P2 is non-zero and
evaluated as specified below. For heat
pumps, P2 equals zero.
4.2.8.2.1 For air conditioners that do
not have a compressor crankcase heater.
The off-mode power consumption for
the heating season is a single value that
applies for all locations. Assign P2 = P1,
as determined in section 3.13.2.2.
4.2.8.2.2 For air conditioners that
have compressor crankcase heater. The
off-mode power consumption for the
heating season depends on the
fractional bin hour distribution, for
which a different distribution is
specified for each of the six generalized
climatic regions, Figure 2. Calculate P2
using
EP02JN10.297
Evaluate the off-mode seasonal power
consumption for the collective
shoulders seasons, P1, which applies to
air conditioners and heat pumps. For air
conditioners, determine the off-mode
seasonal power consumption for the
heating season, P2. Once P1 and, for air
conditioners, P2, are evaluated, use the
SSH and the HSH to calculate the site
specific seasonal energy consumption
values.
4.2.8.1 Off-mode seasonal power
consumption for the collective shoulder
seasons, P1. For air conditioners and
heat pumps, the off-mode power
consumption for the shoulder seasons is
a single value that applies for all
locations. The calculation of P1 varies
for different types of systems.
4.2.8.1.1 Air conditioners and heat
pumps that do not have a compressor
crankcase heater. For air conditioners
and heat pumps not having a
compressor crankcase heater, assign P1
as specified in sections 3.13.2.2 and
3.13.3.5, respectively.
4.2.8.1.2 Air conditioners that have
a compressor crankcase heater. For air
conditioners having a compressor
crankcase heater, evaluate P1 using
EP02JN10.296
Eq. 4.2–1 quantities eh(Tj) /N and RH(Tj)
/N are evaluated as specified in
applicable below subsection.
4.2.7.1 For multiple blower heat
pumps that are connected to a lone,
single-speed outdoor unit.
a. Calculate the space heating
˙
capacity, Qhk=1 (Tj), and electrical power
˙
consumption, Ehk=1 (Tj), of the heat
pump when operating at the heating
minimum air volume rate and outdoor
temperature Tj using Eqs. 4.2.2–3 and
4.2.2–4, respectively. Use these same
equations to calculate the space heating
˙
capacity, Qhk=2 (Tj) and electrical power
˙
consumption, Ehk=2 (Tj), of the test unit
when operating at the heating full-load
air volume rate and outdoor temperature
Tj. In evaluating Eqs. 4.2.2–3 and 4.2.2–
˙
4, determine the quantities Qhk=1 (47)
˙
and Ehk=1 (47) from the H11 Test;
˙
˙
determine Qhk=2 (47) and Ehk=2 (47) from
the H12 Test. Evaluate all four quantities
according to section 3.7. Determine the
˙
˙
quantities Qhk=1 (35) and Ehk=1 (35) as
specified in section 3.6.2. Determine
˙
˙
Qhk=2 (35) and Ehk=2 (35) from the H22
Frost Accumulation Test as calculated
according to section 3.9.1. Determine
˙
˙
the quantities Qhk=1 (17) and Ehk=1 (17)
˙
from the H31 Test, and Qhk=2 (17) and
˙
Ehk=2 (17) from the H32 Test. Evaluate all
four quantities according to section
3.10. Refer to section 3.6.2 and Table 10
for additional information on the
referenced laboratory tests.
b. Determine the heating mode cyclic
degradation coefficient, CDh, as per
sections 3.6.2 and 3.8 to 3.8.1. Assign
this same value to CDh(k = 2).
c. Except for using the above values
˙
˙
˙
˙
of Qhk=1 (Tj), Ehk=1 (Tj), Qhk=2 (Tj), Ehk=2
(Tj), CDh, and CDh(k = 2), calculate the
quantities eh(Tj)/N as specified in
˙
section 4.2.3.1 for cases where Qhk=1 (Tj)
≥ BL(Tj). For all other outdoor bin
temperatures, Tj, calculate eh(Tj)/N and
RHh(Tj)/N as specified in section 4.2.3.3
˙
if Qhk=2 (Tj) > BL(Tj) or as specified in
˙
section 4.2.3.4 if Qhk=2 (Tj) ≤ BL(Tj).
4.2.7.2 For multiple blower heat
pumps connected to either a lone
outdoor unit with a two-capacity
compressor or to two separate but
identical model single-speed outdoor
units.
Calculate the quantities eh(Tj)/N and
RH(Tj)/N as specified in section 4.2.3.
*
*
*
*
*
4.2.8 Off-mode seasonal power and
energy consumption calculations.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.295
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
31270
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 19—REPRESENTATIVE COOLING AND HEATING LOAD HOURS AND THE CORRESPONDING SET OF SEASONAL HOURS
FOR EACH GENERALIZED CLIMATIC REGION
Cooling load
hours
CLRR
Climatic region
I ................................................................................................................
II ...............................................................................................................
III ..............................................................................................................
IV ..............................................................................................................
Rating Values ..........................................................................................
V ...............................................................................................................
VI ..............................................................................................................
4.2.8.3.2 For the heating season—air
conditioners only. Calculate the offmode energy consumption of an air
conditioner during the heating season,
E2, using
Evaluate the HSH using
HLH × ( 65 − TOD )
J
n
∑ 65 − Tj × Nj
j =1
)
P2 = determined as specified in section
4.2.7.2 and the HSH are determined from
Table 19.
Where:
*
Where:
TOD and nj/N = listed in Table 19 and depend
on the location of interest relative to
Figure 2. For the six generalized climatic
regions, this equation simplifies to the
following set of equations:
Region I HSH = 2.4348 × HLH
Region II HSH = 2.5182 × HLH
Region III HSH = 2.5444 × HLH
Region IV HSH = 2.5078 × HLH
Region V HSH = 2.5295 × HLH
Region VI HSH = 2.2757 × HLH
Evaluate the shoulder season hours
using
SSH = 8760 ¥ (CSH + HSH)
*
4.3.1
*
*
* * *
*
Where:
CSH = the cooling season hours calculated
from CSH = 2.8045 × CLH
*
*
*
*
*
4.3.2 Calculation of representative
regional annual performance factors
(APFR) for each generalized climatic
region and for each standardized design
heating requirement.
k
CLH R × Q c (95) + HLH R × DHR × C
Where:
CLHR = the representative cooling hours for
each generalized climatic region, Table
19, hr,
HLHR = the representative heating hours for
each generalized climatic region, Table
19, hr, and
+
HLH R × DHR × C
+ P1× SSH + P 2 × HSH
HSPF
HSPF = the heating seasonal performance
factor calculated as specified in section
4.2 for each generalized climatic region
and for each standardized design heating
requirement within each region, Btu/W ×
h.
˙
The SEER, Qck (95), DHR, C, P1, P2,
SSH, and HSH are the same quantities
as defined in section 4.3.1. Figure 2
shows the generalized climatic regions.
Table 18 lists standardized design
heating requirements.
TABLE 19—REPRESENTATIVE COOLING AND HEATING LOAD HOURS FOR EACH GENERALIZED CLIMATIC REGION
Region
CLHR
I ................................................................................................................................................................
II ...............................................................................................................................................................
III ..............................................................................................................................................................
IV ..............................................................................................................................................................
V ...............................................................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:24 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
HLHR
2400
1800
1200
800
400
02JNP3
750
1250
1750
2250
2750
EP02JN10.301
k
CLH R × Q c (95)
SEER
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
203
564
942
873
739
682
1941
EP02JN10.300
APFR =
1826
3148
4453
5643
5216
6956
6258
k
CLH A × Q c (95) HLH A × DHR × C
+
+ P1× SSH + P 2 × HSH
SEER
HSPF
P1 = the off-mode seasonal power
consumption for the collective shoulders
seasons, as determined in section 4.2.7.1, W,
and
P2 = the off-mode seasonal power
consumption for the heating season, as
determined in section 4.2.7.2, W.
(
E2 = P2 × HSH
6731
5048
3365
2244
2805
1122
561
k
CLH A × Q c (95) + HLH A × DHR × C
* * *
HSH =
750
1250
1750
2250
2080
2750
2750
Shoulder
Season
Hours
SSHR
EP02JN10.299
APFA =
2400
1800
1200
800
1000
400
200
Heating
Season
Hours
HSHR
Cooling
season
hours
CSHR
Heating
load hours
HLHR
31271
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 19—REPRESENTATIVE COOLING AND HEATING LOAD HOURS FOR EACH GENERALIZED CLIMATIC REGION—
Continued
Region
CLHR
HLHR
VI ..............................................................................................................................................................
4.4 Rounding of SEER, HSPF, SHR,
and APF for reporting purposes. After
calculating SEER according to section
4.1, round it off as specified in subpart
B 430.23(m)(3)(i) of Title 10 of the CFR.
Round section 4.2 HSPF values and
section 4.3 APF values as per
§ 430.23(m)(3)(ii) and (iii) of Title 10 of
the CFR. Round section 4.5 SHR values
to 2 decimal places.
200
2750
4.5 Calculations of the SHR, which
should be computed for different
equipment configurations and test
conditions specified in Table 20.
TABLE 20—APPLICABLE TEST CONDITIONS FOR CALCULATION OF THE SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO
Reference
Table No. of
Appendix M
Equipment configuration
Single-Speed Compressor and a Fixed-Speed Indoor Fan, a
Constant Air Volume Rate Indoor Fan, or No Indoor Fan.
Single-Speed Compressor and a Variable Air Volume Rate
Indoor Fan.
Units Having a Two-Capacity Compressor ..............................
Units Having a Variable-Speed Compressor ............................
SHR computation with results
from
Computed values
3
B Test .....................................
SHR(B)
4
B2 and B1 Tests .....................
SHR(B1), SHR(B2)
5
6
B2 and B1 Tests .....................
B2 and B1 Tests .....................
SHR(B1), SHR(B2)
SHR(B1), SHR(B2)
The SHR is defined and calculated as
follows:
SHR =
=
Where both the total and sensible cooling
capacities are determined from the same
Sensible Cooling Capacity
Total Cooling Capacity
k
T
Qsc (T )
Qck (T )
cooling mode test and calculated from
data collected over the same 30-minute
data collection interval.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2010–12271 Filed 6–1–10; 8:45 am]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:41 Jun 01, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
E:\FR\FM\02JNP3.SGM
02JNP3
EP02JN10.302
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS3
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 105 (Wednesday, June 2, 2010)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 31224-31271]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-12271]
[[Page 31223]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part III
Department of Energy
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
10 CFR Part 430
Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedure for
Residential Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 105 / Wednesday, June 2, 2010 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 31224]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Part 430
[Docket No. EERE-2009-BT-TP-0004]
RIN 1904-AB94
Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedure
for Residential Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking and public meeting.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) proposes amendments to its
test procedure for residential central air conditioners and heat pumps.
The proposed amendments would add requirements for the calculation of
sensible heat ratio, incorporate a method to evaluate off mode power
consumption, and add parameters for establishing regional measures of
energy efficiency. DOE will hold a public meeting to receive and
discuss comments on the proposal.
DATES: DOE will hold a public meeting in Washington, DC on Friday, June
11, 2010 from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. The purpose of the meeting is to receive
comments and to help DOE understand potential issues associated with
this proposed rulemaking. DOE must receive requests to speak at the
meeting before 4 p.m. Friday, June 4, 2010. DOE must receive a signed
original and an electronic copy of statements to be given at the public
meeting before 4 p.m. Friday, June 4, 2010.
DOE will accept comments, data, and other information regarding
this notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR) before or after the public
meeting, but no later than August 16, 2010. See section V., ``Public
Participation,'' of this NOPR for details.
ADDRESSES: The public meeting will be held at the U.S. Department of
Energy, Forrestal Building, Room 8E-089. You may submit comments,
identified by docket number EERE-2009-BT-TP-0004 and/or Regulation
Identifier Number (RIN) 1904-AB94, by any of the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal https://www.regulations.gov.:
Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
E-mail: RCAC-HP-2009-TP-0004@ee.doe.gov. Include the
docket number EERE-2009-BT-TP-0004 and/or RIN number 1904-AB94 in the
subject line of the message.
Postal Mail: Ms. Brenda Edwards, U.S. Department of
Energy, Building Technologies Program, Mailstop EE-2J, 1000
Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Please submit one
signed paper original.
Hand Delivery/Courier: Ms. Brenda Edwards, U.S. Department
of Energy, Building Technologies Program, 6th Floor, 950 L'Enfant
Plaza, SW., Washington, DC 20024. Telephone: (202) 586-2945. Please
submit one signed paper original.
Instructions: All submissions must include the agency name and
docket number or RIN for this rulemaking. For detailed instructions on
submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking
process, see section V., ``Public Participation,'' of this document.
Docket: For access to the docket to read background documents or
comments received, visit the U.S. Department of Energy, 6th Floor, 950
L'Enfant Plaza, SW., Washington, DC 20024, (202) 586-2945, between 9
a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. Please
call Ms. Brenda Edwards at (202) 586-2945 for additional information
regarding visiting the Resource Room. Please note: DOE's Freedom of
Information Reading Room (Forrestal Building, Room 1E-190) no longer
houses rulemaking materials.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. Wes Anderson, U.S. Department of
Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building
Technologies Program, EE-2J, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington,
DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-7335. E-mail:
Wes.Anderson@ee.doe.gov.
Ms. Francine Pinto, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the
General Counsel, GC-71, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC
20585. Telephone: (202) 586-7432. E-mail: Francine.Pinto@hq.doe.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Authority and Background
A. Authority
B. Background
II. Summary of the Proposed Rule
III. Discussion
A. Framework Comment Summary and DOE Responses
1. Test Procedure Schedule
2. Bench Testing of Third-Party Coils
3. Defaults for Fan Power
4. Changes to External Static Pressure Values
5. Fan Time Delay Relays
6. Inverter-Driven Compressors
7. Addition of Calculation for Sensible Heat Ratio
8. Regional Rating Procedure
9. Address Testing Inconsistencies for Ductless Mini- and Multi-
Splits
10. Standby Power Consumption and Measurement
B. Summary of the Test Procedure Revisions
1. Modify the Definition of ``Tested Combination'' for
Residential Multi-Split Systems
2. Add Alternative Minimum External Static Pressure Requirements
for Testing Ducted Multi-Split Systems
3. Clarify That Optional Tests May Be Conducted Without
Forfeiting Use of the Default Value(s)
4. Allow a Wider Tolerance on Air Volume Rate To Yield More
Repeatable Laboratory Setups
5. Change the Magnitude of the Test Operating Tolerance
Specified for the External Resistance to Airflow and the Nozzle
Pressure Drop
6. Modify Third-Party Testing Requirements When Charging the
Test Unit
7. Clarify Unit Testing Installation Instruction and Address
Manufacturer and Third-Party Testing Laboratory Interactions
8. When Determining the Cyclic Degradation Coefficient
CD, Correct the Indoor-Side Temperature Sensors Used
During the Cyclic Test To Align With the Temperature Sensors Used
During the Companion Steady-State Test, If Applicable
9. Clarify Inputs for the Demand Defrost Credit Equation
10. Add Calculations for Sensible Heat Ratio
11. Incorporate Changes To Cover Testing and Rating of Ducted
Systems Having More Than One Indoor Blower
12. Add Changes To Cover Triple-Capacity, Northern Heat Pumps
13. Specify Requirements for the Low-Voltage Transformer Used
When Testing Only Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps and Require
Metering of All Sources of Energy Consumption During All Tests
14. Add Testing Procedures and Calculations for Off Mode Energy
Consumption
15. Add Parameters for Establishing Regional Standards
a. Use a Bin Method for Single-Speed SEER Calculations for the
Hot-Dry Region and National Rating
b. Add New Hot-Dry Region Bin Data
c. Add Optional Testing at the A and B Test Conditions With the
Unit in a Hot-Dry Region Setup
d. Add a New Equation for Building Load Line in the Hot-Dry
Region
16. Add References to ASHRAE 116-1995 (RA 2005) for Equations
That Calculate SEER and HSPF for Variable Speed Systems
17. Update Test Procedure References to the Current Standards of
AHRI and ASHRAE
IV. Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
B. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act
C. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
D. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
[[Page 31225]]
E. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
F. Review Under the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act, 1999
G. Review Under Executive Order 13132
H. Review Under Executive Order 12988
I. Review Under the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act, 2001
J. Review Under Executive Order 13211
K. Review Under Executive Order 12630
L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration
(FEA) Act of 1974
V. Public Participation
A. Attendance at Public Meeting
B. Procedure for Submitting Requests To Speak
C. Conduct of Public Meeting
D. Submission of Comments
E. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment
VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
I. Authority and Background
A. Authority
Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6291
et seq.; EPCA or the Act) sets forth a variety of provisions designed
to improve energy efficiency. Part A of Title III (42 U.S.C. 6291-6309)
establishes the ``Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products
Other Than Automobiles.'' (This part was originally titled Part B;
however, it was redesignated Part A in the United States Code for
editorial reasons.) The program covers consumer products and certain
commercial products (collectively ``covered products''), including
residential central air conditioners and heat pumps having rated
cooling capacities less than 65,000 British thermal units/hour (Btu/h).
(42 U.S.C. 6291(1)-(2), (21) and 6292(a)(3))
Under the Act, the overall program consists of testing, labeling,
and Federal energy conservation standards. Manufacturers of covered
products must use the test procedures prescribed under EPCA to measure
energy efficiency, to certify to DOE that products comply with EPCA's
energy conservation standards, and for representing the energy
efficiency of their products. Similarly, DOE must use these test
procedures when determining whether the equipment complies with energy
conservation standards adopted pursuant to EPCA.
Section 323 of EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6293) sets forth generally
applicable criteria and procedures for DOE's adoption and amendment of
such test procedures. For example, the Act states that ``[a]ny test
procedures prescribed or amended under this section shall be reasonably
designed to produce test results which measure energy efficiency,
energy use * * * or estimated annual operating cost of a covered
product during a representative average use cycle or period of use, as
determined by the Secretary [of Energy], and shall not be unduly
burdensome to conduct.'' (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)) DOE's existing test
procedures for central air conditioners and heat pumps adopted pursuant
to these provisions appear under Title 10 of the Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) part 430, subpart B, appendix M (``Uniform Test
Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Central Air Conditioners
and Heat Pumps'').
Further, if any rulemaking amends a test procedure, DOE must
determine ``to what extent, if any, the proposed test procedure would
alter the measured energy efficiency * * * of any covered product as
determined under the existing test procedure.'' (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1))
If it determines that the amended test procedure would alter the
measured efficiency of a covered product, DOE must amend the applicable
energy conservation standard accordingly. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(2)) The
amendments proposed in today's rulemaking will not alter the measured
efficiency, as represented in the regulating metrics of SEER and HSPF.
Thus, today's proposed test procedure changes can be adopted without
amending the standards for SEER and HSPF.
On December 19, 2007, the President signed the Energy Independence
and Security Act of 2007 (EISA 2007; Pub. L. 110-140), which contains
numerous amendments to EPCA. Section 310 of EISA 2007 established that
the Department's test procedures for all covered products must account
for standby and off mode energy consumption. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(A))
DOE must modify the test procedures to integrate such energy
consumption into the energy descriptor(s) for each product, unless the
Secretary determines that ``(i) the current test procedures for a
covered product already fully account for and incorporate the standby
mode and off mode energy consumption of the covered product; or (ii)
such an integrated test procedure is technically infeasible * * * in
which case the Secretary shall prescribe a separate standby mode and
off mode energy use test for the covered product, if technically
feasible. (42 U.S.C. 6295 (gg)(2)(A)) In addition, section 306(a) of
EISA 2007 amended EPCA section 325(o)(6) to consider one or two
regional standards for central air conditioners and heat pumps (among
other products) in addition to a base national standard. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(6)(B)) EPCA 325(o)(6)(C)(i) requires that DOE consider only
regions made up of contiguous States. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(6)(C)(i))
Accordingly, today's proposed test procedure rulemaking includes
additions that specifically address sections 306 and 310 of EISA 2007.
B. Background
Most portions of the existing test procedure for central air
conditioners and heat pumps were originally published as a final rule
in the Federal Register on December 27, 1979. 44 FR 76700. DOE modified
the test procedure on March 14, 1988, to expand coverage to variable-
speed central air conditioners and heat pumps, to address testing of
split non-ducted units, and to change the method for crediting heat
pumps that provide a demand defrost capability. 53 FR 8304.
The next revision of the central air conditioners and heat pumps
test procedure was published as a final rule on October 11, 2005, and
became effective on April 10, 2006. 70 FR 59122. The October 2005 final
rule provided a much needed updating to reference current standards,
adopted improved measurement capabilities, and presented more detail on
how to conduct the laboratory testing. The 2005 final rule also
expanded coverage for equipment features previously not covered (e.g.,
two-capacity northern heat pumps, heat comfort controllers, triple-
split systems, etc.). During this revision process, the test procedure
was significantly reorganized in an effort to improve its readability.
On July 20, 2006, DOE published a proposed rule to consider
additional changes to the test procedure in response to issues
interested parties submitted before the October 2005 publication of the
final rule. 71 FR 41320. DOE determined that it was appropriate to
consider additional modifications to the test procedure for the
following reasons: (1) To implement test procedure revisions for new
energy conservation standards for small-duct, high-velocity (SDHV)
systems; (2) to address test procedure waivers for multi-split systems;
and (3) to address interested parties' concerns about sampling and
rating after new energy conservation standards became effective on
January 23, 2006. (10 CFR 432.32(c)(2)) DOE issued a final rule
adopting relevant amendments to the central air conditioner and heat
pump test procedures on October 22, 2007, which became effective on
April 21, 2008. 72 FR 59906. This latter final rule was published
before EISA's implementation on December 19, 2007; therefore, the test
procedures did not incorporate the requirements in sections 306 and 310
of EISA 2007.
[[Page 31226]]
While making changes necessary to comply with the amendments in
EISA 2007, DOE is considering additional changes to the test procedure
that were identified after finalizing the prior rulemaking.
II. Summary of the Proposed Rule
DOE proposes amendments to its test procedure for residential
central air conditioners and heat pumps. The amendments would add
calculations for determination of sensible heat ratio (SHR), would
incorporate a method to evaluate off mode power consumption, and would
add parameters for establishing regional measures of energy efficiency.
In addition to statutory requirements for amended test procedures,
EISA 2007 has three separate provisions regarding the inclusion of
standby mode and off mode energy use in any energy conservation
standard that have bearing on the current test procedure rulemaking.
First, test procedure amendments to include standby mode and off mode
energy consumption shall not be used to determine compliance with
standards established prior to the adoption of such test procedure
amendments. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(C)) Second, standby mode and off
mode energy use must be included into a single amended or new standard
for a covered product adopted in a final rule after July 1, 2010.
Finally, a separate standard for standby mode and off mode energy
consumption is required if a single amended or new standard is not
feasible. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)(B))
In order to accommodate the above-mentioned first provision, DOE
clarifies that today's proposed amended test procedure would not alter
the measure of energy efficiency used in existing energy conservation
standards; therefore, this proposal would neither affect a
manufacturer's ability to demonstrate compliance with previously
established standards nor require retesting and rerating of existing
units that are already certified. These amended test procedures would
become effective, in terms of adoption into the CFR, 30 days after the
date of publication in the Federal Register of the final rule in this
test procedure rulemaking. However, DOE is proposing added language to
the regulations codified in the CFR that would state that any added
procedures and calculations for determining off mode energy consumption
and regional cooling mode performance being proposed in order to
satisfy the relevant provisions of EISA 2007 need not be performed at
this time to determine compliance with the current energy conservation
standards. Subsequently, and consistent with the second provision
above, manufacturers would be required to use the amended test
procedures' off mode and regional cooling mode provisions to
demonstrate compliance with DOE's energy conservation standards on the
effective date of a final rule establishing amended energy conservation
standards for these products that address off mode energy consumption
and/or regional cooling mode performance, at which time the limiting
statement in the DOE test procedure would be revised or removed.
Further clarification would also be provided that as of 180 days after
publication of a test procedure final rule, any representations as to
the off mode energy consumption and regional cooling mode performance
of the products that are the subject of this rulemaking would need to
be based upon results generated under the applicable provisions of this
test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c)(2)) A separate standard for off-mode
energy consumption is required if a single amended or new standard is
not feasible. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)(B))
III. Discussion
The current standards rulemaking preliminary analysis for
residential central air conditioners and heat pumps is ready for
stakeholder review and comment. This preliminary analysis follows the
first step in the standards rulemaking process, the release of the
framework document (https://www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/residential/pdfs/cac_framework.pdf) and the subsequent June
12, 2008 public meeting. At and following this latter meeting,
stakeholder comments were received, some of which apply to today's
proposed test procedure.
In formulating today's notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR), DOE
considered these test procedure related comments and, where
appropriate, proposed changes to the test procedure. Moreover, DOE
responses to stakeholder comments are provided in the following subject
areas:
1. Test Procedure Schedule
2. Bench Testing of Third Party coils
3. Defaults for Fan Power
4. Changes to External Static Pressure Values
5. Fan Time Delay Relays
6. Inverter-Driven Compressors
7. Addition of Calculation for Sensible Heat Ratio
8. Regional Rating Procedure
9. Address Testing Inconsistencies for Ductless Mini- and Multi-
Splits
10. Standby Power Consumption and Measurement
Section III. A. provides a more in-depth discussion on those
comments that questioned or disagreed with DOE's positions in the
framework document.
Section III. B. provides a summary of the proposed changes to the
test procedure, including
1. Modify the definition of ``tested combination'' for residential
multi-split systems
2. Add Alternative Minimum External Static Pressure Requirements
for Testing Ducted Multi-Split Systems
3. Clarify that Optional Tests May Be Conducted Without Forfeiting
Use of the Default Value(s)
4. Allow a Wider Tolerance on Air Volume Rate to Yield More
Repeatable Laboratory Setups
5. Change the Magnitude of the Test Operating Tolerance Specified
for the External Resistance to Airflow and the Nozzle Pressure Drop
6. Modify Third-Party Testing Requirements when Charging the Test
Unit
7. Clarify Unit Testing Installation Instruction and Address
Manufacturer and Third-Party Testing Laboratory Interactions
8. When Determining the Cyclic Degradation Coefficient
CD, Correct the Indoor-Side Temperature Sensors Used During
the Cyclic Test to Align with the Temperature Sensors Used During the
Companion Steady-State Test, If Applicable
9. Clarify Inputs for the Demand Defrost Credit Equation
10. Add Calculations for Sensible Heat Ratio
11. Incorporate Changes to Cover Testing and Rating of Ducted
Systems Having More than One Indoor Blower
12. Add Changes To Cover Triple-Capacity, Northern Heat Pumps.
13. Specify Requirements for the Low-Voltage Transformer Used when
Testing Coil-Only Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps and Require Metering
of All Sources of Energy Consumption During All Tests
14. Add Testing Procedures and Calculations for Off Mode Energy
Consumption
15. Add Parameters for Establishing Regional Standards
As part of today's rulemaking, DOE provides the specific proposed
changes to 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix M, ``Uniform Test
Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Central Air Conditioners
and Heat Pumps.''
A. Framework Comment Summary and DOE Responses
A notation in the form ``Southern Company Systems (SCS), No. 13 at
p. 105'' identifies a written comment DOE
[[Page 31227]]
has received and has included in the docket of this rulemaking. This
particular notation refers to a comment (1) by the Southern Company
Systems (SCS); (2) in document number 13 in the docket of this
rulemaking; and (3) appearing on page 105 of document number 13.
1. Test Procedure Schedule
Several interested parties commented that DOE should consider the
timeline necessary when modifying this test procedure, and how the
publication of the test procedure coincides with publication of the
revised standard. (Southern Company Systems (SCS), No. 13 at p. 105;
Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI), No. 13 at
p. 116; the American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy (ACEEE),
No. 13 at p. 117; Trane, No. 13 at p. 123)
DOE is coordinating the publication timelines of both the test
procedure and the amended standard. The test procedure NOPR will be
open for public comments. DOE will then address those comments and
publish a final test procedure rule. The associated standard will
proceed concurrently with the test procedure rulemaking to maximize the
time interval between the test procedure final rule and the revised
energy standards final rule.
2. Bench Testing of Third-Party Coils
The Northeast Energy Efficiency Partnerships (NEEP) comment stated
that test procedures should require laboratory/bench testing for
independent coil manufacturers' (ICM) indoor units. (NEEP, No. 37 at p.
3) NEEP includes representatives from the Connecticut Office of Policy
and Management, New Hampshire Office of Energy and Planning, Efficiency
Maine, and Department of Energy Resources for the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.
As amended, EPCA makes all residential central air conditioners and
heat pumps sold in the United States subject to specific testing,
rating, minimum efficiency, and labeling requirements. These
requirements apply to complete systems, including those split systems
where the outdoor components are provided by one manufacturer, while
the indoor components are provided by a separate manufacturer. The
typical two-manufacturer split system is where the indoor unit is
provided by an ICM and the outdoor unit is provided by an original
equipment manufacturer (OEM). Because the ICM wants to advertise the
performance of its indoor coils with various OEM outdoor units, the ICM
is responsible for obtaining the system seasonal energy efficiency
ratio (SEER) and heating seasonal performance factor (HSPF) ratings
according to DOE requirements. In obtaining these ratings, the ICM can
either test complete systems or use a DOE-approved alternative rating
method (ARM) to calculate the rating. Approval of the ARM requires
laboratory test results for complete systems, but inputs to the ARM may
or may not require testing of just the indoor unit. (10 CFR 430.24)
Although DOE does not have the authority to regulate a component of
an air conditioner or heat pump system, it does regulate the complete
systems. The system ratings published by ICMs must be obtained in
accordance with DOE requirements summarized above.
3. Defaults for Fan Power
A Joint Comment stated that the present rating method does not
credit advanced air handler designs adequately because the default
value is much lower than the average air handler energy use observed in
the field. (Joint Comment, No. 25 at pp. 4, 6-7) According to the Joint
Comment, a low default value for fan power reduces the incentive to
improve fan efficiency. The Joint Comment includes representatives from
ACEEE, Appliance Standards Awareness Project (ASAP), the California
Energy Commission (CEC), the Northwest Power and Conservation Council
(NPCC), and the Western Cooling Efficiency Center (WCEC).
Proctor Engineering Group (Proctor) stated that the inside coil fan
energy needs to represent the median values from actual installations,
and also provided input on the methodology for evaluating fan power
based on air volume rate and equipment tonnage. (Proctor, No. 38 at p.
1)
NEEP stated that testing should be required for motors in actual
operation and that the procedure should include provisions for testing
while air handler fans are running. (NEEP, No. 37 at p. 3)
Split-system ducted air conditioners and heat pumps are primarily
designed for two different applications. These applications depend on
whether the air conditioner or heat pump is installed with a hot-air
furnace and share a common duct system. Air conditioners and heat pumps
not designed for installation with a hot-air furnace must contain a
blower to circulate air through the indoor coil and ductwork. Systems
that include the integral or modular indoor blower are typically
referred to as blower-coil units. Coil-only units--air conditioners and
heat pumps designed for installation with a hot-air furnace--rely on
the furnace blower to circulate air through the indoor coil, ductwork,
and the furnace section when the compressor and outdoor fan are
operating.
The Joint Comment pertains to coil-only units, so discussion in the
following paragraphs is limited to those products. This comment does
not apply to blower-coil units within the test procedure because there
is no required default assumption for the average air handler. With
regard to the NEEP comment, the ratings for blower coil units already
reflect the performance of the system's particular indoor blower. When
blower coils are tested, the indoor blower operates, and its
performance is accounted for in the measured system capacity and power
consumption values and ultimately in SEER and HSPF.
A coil-only air conditioner or heat pump can be installed with a
multitude of new and existing furnaces. The key considerations for
matching a coil-only unit with a furnace are (1) the furnace blower's
ability to provide the necessary air volume rate for the system; and
(2) whether the outlet flange dimensions of the furnace are compatible
with the inlet flanges on the indoor coil-only section of the air
conditioner or heat pump. Another factor for field application is
whether the overall height (length) of the furnace and coil-only indoor
section will fit into the available building space.
The SEER and HSPF ratings represent the seasonal efficiencies of a
complete, functioning air conditioner or heat pump system. However,
coil-only split systems in laboratory testing are incomplete because a
hot-air furnace is not part of the setup. Instead of the furnace
blower, the exhaust fan in the test facility pulls air through the
indoor unit of the coil-only system. The exhaust fan is located
downstream of the test unit's indoor section, outlet instrumentation,
and air volume measurement station. When the hot-air furnace and blower
are removed from testing, the associated power consumption and measured
cooling or heating capacity are adjusted to account for the
hypothetical hot-air furnace blower. The Joint Comment asserted that
the test procedure default value is too low and should require
additional real-time blower testing. Proctor Engineering Group agreed
and offered an alternative default equation based on data collected
from actual installations.
Given the variety of furnaces within which a coil-only unit may be
installed, the range of blower sizes and associated efficiency of a
complete installed system are unknown. As a result, there are several
options for calculating the assumed power and heat contributions for
the hypothetical hot-air furnace
[[Page 31228]]
blower. To obtain a SEER (and for heat pumps, an HSPF) rating for each
coil-only split system, the hot-air furnace blower receives a default
value. According to the DOE test procedure, the hypothetical hot-air
furnace blower contribution is expressed in terms of power (watts) and
heat (Btu/h) per unit of air volume rate (in this case, 1,000 standard
cubic feet per minute [scfm]).
Since it was issued in 1979, the DOE test procedure for central air
conditioners and heat pumps has used the same default fan power and
heat for rating coil-only air conditioners and heat pumps: 365 watts
per 1,000 scfm and 1,250 Btu/h per 1,000 scfm. These default values
result in the adjustment range from approximately 220 watts (750 Btu/h)
for a 1.5-ton unit to approximately 730 watts (2,500 Btu/h) for a 5-ton
unit.
The default value does not indicate the efficiency of blowers in
furnaces; it simply provides a means of comparing products on a
complete system basis. The long-standing default values represent a
typical furnace blower while not being overly conservative. Changing
the default values would shift the SEER and HSPF ratings, but the
ranking among most comparably sized equipment would change minimally,
if at all. DOE evaluated the worst-case scenario: multiple units with
the same SEER calculated using the existing fan power and heat
defaults, but with degradation coefficients (CD) varying from 0.01 and
0.25, and capacities differing up to 10 percent. If the SEER
calculation uses a higher default like 500 watts per 1,000 scfm (1,700
Btu/h per 1,000 scfm), the new SEER ratings would all decrease but lie
within a range that spans less than 0.20 points (on the SEER rating
scale). The minimal impact on the ranking lessens the need for better
defaults. To determine whether higher default values better represent
actual installations, DOE must address three questions:
What data can accurately represent the typical
installation?
What coordination will ensure that blower coils and coil-
only units are evaluated on a common basis?
Should poor duct systems affect equipment ratings?
DOE expects that addressing these questions will require additional
data collection, analysis, and input from interested parties. With
minimal impact on altering the relative ranking among competing
products combined with the need to answer the above questions, DOE
chose not to propose alternative default values for the power and heat
contribution of the hypothetical furnace blower used when calculating
the SEER and HSPF for coil-only air conditioners and heat pumps.
4. Changes to External Static Pressure Values
A Joint Comment stated that the current assumed inches of water
column (in wc) values are lower than those typically found in the field
and unrealistically deemphasize the importance of fan efficiency as a
part of overall system effectiveness. (Joint Comment, No. 25 at pp. 4,
6) The discrepancy often leads to less airflow in a field application,
which generally improves latent (at the expense of sensible) capacity.
The Joint Utility Comment suggested that new test conditions for
external static pressure and default fan power should be consistent
with current field research findings. (Joint Utility Comment, No. 30 at
pp. 1, 21) The Joint Utility Comment includes representatives from
Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E), Southern California Edison,
Sempra Energy Utilities (Southern California Gas Company and San Diego
Gas and Electric Company; hereafter ``Sempra''), Sacramento Municipal
Utility District, the Nevada Power Company, and Sierra Pacific Power.
DOE received a number of comments requesting that the minimum
external static pressure levels be increased. (Florida Solar Energy
Center (FSEC), No. 31 at p. 4; Sempra, No. 13 at p. 121; SCS, No. 39 at
p. 2) Additionally, Proctor Engineering Group (Proctor) provided a
formula for estimating the static pressure based on the rated cfm/ton
(Proctor, No. 38 at p. 2).
Some split system and all single-package system air conditioners
and heat pumps are sold with integral indoor blowers. Split systems
with integral indoor blowers (i.e., blower-coil units) may be designed
for ducted or non-ducted installation. The integral indoor blower may
be located either upstream (push-through configuration) or downstream
(draw-through configuration) of the indoor refrigerant-to-air heat
coil.
To mimic a field installation, single-package and blower-coil split
air conditioners and heat pumps are laboratory tested with installed
components to include the most restrictive filter(s), supplementary
heating coils, and other equipment specified as part of the unit. The
DOE test procedure allows testing of a ducted unit without an indoor
air filter but requires a compensatory increase of 0.08 in wc for the
minimum external static pressure requirement. Otherwise, the test
procedure requires that the unit be installed and configured in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
The DOE test procedure requires that a minimum external static
pressure be equaled or exceeded during the wet-coil cooling mode test.
If this requirement is not met initially, the configuration of the
indoor unit is incrementally changed (e.g., switched to the next
highest speed tap), and the wet-coil test is repeated until the
measured external static pressure meets or surpasses the applicable DOE
test procedure minimum value.
Since its issuance in 1980, the DOE test procedure for central air
conditioners and heat pumps has used the same set of minimum external
static pressure values (except for SDHV systems): 0.10 in wc for
systems with a rated cooling capacity less than or equal to 28,800 Btu/
h, 0.15 in wc for 29,000 to 42,500 Btu/h, and 0.20 in wc for 43,000 to
64,500 Btu/h. The laboratory static pressure measurement tries to
account for the supply and return home or building duct system unit
flow resistance.
Limited field testing reports and the general decline in the
quality of installed duct systems (in part from the proliferation of
the flexible duct) would support an increase in the minimum external
static pressure. Efforts by building trades and code compliance
communities to improve the quality of installed duct systems would
support smaller increases in the minimum statics prescribed in the DOE
test procedure. More field data would be helpful but would likely never
be acquired to the level needed to provide a definitive basis for
selecting new minimums. The greater impact of higher minimum external
static pressures will be on lowering the SEER and HSPF of all units
equally. Lacking a basis to propose new values or reference a consensus
standard where alternatives to the current minimums are established,
DOE chose not to propose an alternative to the existing minimum values
as part of today's NOPR.
5. Fan Time Delay Relays
FSEC and SCS commented that the fan time delay relays should be
disabled for the SEER test procedure. (FSEC, No. 31 at p. 3; SCS, No.
39 at p. 2)
Many air conditioners and heat pumps employ a fan-off delay feature
on the indoor blower. This delay, which is usually active for both the
cooling and heating modes, is used to extract stored energy from the
indoor coil immediately after the compressor has cycled off. The indoor
blower typically continues to operate for 45 to 90 seconds after the
compressor cycles off.
[[Page 31229]]
The DOE test procedure seeks to evaluate the performance of central
air conditioners and heat pumps without making the process overly
burdensome or expensive. The test procedure includes optional cyclic
tests used to quantify the degradation in performance from the system
cycling (predominantly in field installation) compared with operating
continuously (as in most laboratory tests). During these cyclic tests,
the fan-off delay feature is not disabled. The evaluation thus accounts
for an incremental increase in total delivered capacity at the expense
of increased electrical energy consumption in extending the indoor
blower operation.
Disabling the fan time delay from central air conditioners and heat
pumps during the cooling season will prevent re-evaporation of moisture
on the indoor coil and in the condensation pan. Substantial re-
evaporation can occur if the indoor blower continues for an extended
period after compressor shutoff. Because of this evaporative mechanism,
continuous fan operation is discouraged during the cooling season.
However, DOE is not aware of definitive data that show significant re-
evaporation during short fan-off delays. Part of the data void is due
to the challenge of measuring rapidly changing values (humidity and
temperature) during the relatively short fan-off delay period. Because
of this difficulty, the cyclic cooling mode test, used in establishing
the SEER, is conducted at an indoor wet bulb (wb) temperature that
results in a dry coil. This also explains why this test cannot be used
to address the concern about re-evaporation.
In a related comment, Proctor recommended conducting the cooling
mode cyclic tests with the indoor conditions set to the same values
used for the steady-state tests, 80 degrees Fahrenheit ([deg]F) dry
bulb (db)/67 [deg]F wb (Proctor, No. 38 at p. 2). Proctor stated that
such a change to wet-coil cooling mode cyclic tests is well within the
reach of today's measurement technologies.
DOE needs additional information to quantify the potential benefits
of converting from dry-coil to wet-coil cyclic testing. DOE must
evaluate any potential benefits relative to any laboratory upgrades
that would be needed to achieve acceptably accurate and repeatable
results across the industry, and the impact of changing the time
required to run a cyclic test. DOE seeks data and information that
would aid efforts to quantify the relative performance impact and
associated expense of laboratory upgrades in combination with
achievable measurement uncertainty. Until more is known about the
impact of changing from the long-standing dry-coil tests to a wet-coil
cyclic test, DOE has tentatively decided not to modify this test
procedure to convert to wet-coil cyclic testing.
6. Inverter-Driven Compressors
Mitsubishi Electric and Electronics USA, Inc. (MEUS) commented that
new systems incorporating inverter-driven compressor technology require
a modification to the test procedure. (MEUS, No. 13 at p. 19)
Since 1988, the DOE test procedure has covered air conditioners and
heat pumps with variable-speed compressors, single indoor units, and
single outdoor units. The October 2007 final rule extended coverage to
variable-speed multi-split systems. 72 FR 59906. Before DOE can offer a
more substantive evaluation of the comment, DOE will need specific
examples, including laboratory data, of how the test procedure fails to
capture the performance characteristics of an air conditioner or heat
pump that uses ``new inverter-driven compressor technology.''
7. Addition of Calculation for Sensible Heat Ratio
The Joint Comment contended that the latent heat removal capability
of CAC equipment should be measured under typical operating conditions,
as opposed to high temperature conditions, and should be certified for
all models sold in hot and humid climates. (Joint Comment, No. 25 at p.
4) FSEC expressed similar views and suggested that the latent heat
ratio should be measured under different test conditions for single
speed and multi-speed equipment. (FSEC, No. 31 at p. 2) Ice Energy
suggested that the dehumidification capability of CAC equipment under
hot and humid conditions be included in the standard, and any regional
standard for the Southeast region should address this issue. (Ice
Energy, No. 33 at p. 3) On the other hand, the Edison Electric
Institute (EEI) wants dehumidification capability to be included in the
standards for all regions. (EEI, No. 20 at p. 4) SCS stated that for
hot and humid climates, a higher dehumidification capacity should be
incorporated in the standard. (SCS, No. 13 at p. 42) SCS also stated
that any regional air conditioning standard should provide for minimum
dehumidification performance that should be measured at normal
operating conditions and not at a higher temperature like 95 [deg]F.
(SCS, No. 39 at p. 1) The Joint Utilities Comment stated that DOE
should require that all units be certified and rated for SHR at 82
[deg]F ambient db temperature. (Joint Comment, No. 30 at pp. 1, 21)
Proctor stated that the rating for humid climates should include
information about what portion of the capacity is latent. (Proctor, No.
38 at p. 2)
DOE proposes including the calculation for the SHR within the
revised DOE test procedure. (10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix M,
revised section 3.3c and proposed section 4.5) The Federal Trade
Commission (FTC) could then consider incorporating this information in
labels for these products.
8. Regional Rating Procedure
DOE received some comments that were supportive and others that
were neutral on the development of regional ratings. The Joint Comment
noted that DOE already applies regional rating methods in the current
test procedure for residential central air conditioners and heat pumps.
(Joint Comment, No. 25 at pp. 3-4) It further noted that adoption of
regional rating methods might allow DOE to set standards of comparable
stringency, but using different rating conditions. (Joint Comment, No.
25 at p. 8) Ice Energy stated that the test protocol should be
comprehensive and should span outdoor ambient conditions over the
complete range of expected operating conditions. (Ice Energy, No. 33 at
p. 3) FSEC stated that DOE should develop new cooling season bin
temperature profiles using 2008 typical meteorological year (TMY) data
from the National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL). (FSEC, No. 31 at
pp. 3-4) The National Rural Electric Cooperative Association (NRECA)
commented that DOE should evaluate whether its test procedures account
for the vast differences in ambient humidity levels in different
regions. The air conditioner and heat pump standards should also take
into account the effects of humidity on different regional standards.
(NRECA, No. 35 at p. 1)
A second Joint Comment (Joint Comment 2) from the National
Resources Defense Council, National Consumer Law Center, Inc., and
Enterprise stated that DOE should strengthen the SEER test procedure to
provide a more robust measure of actual performance in varying
conditions in different regions. (Joint Comment 2, No. 36 at p. 2) PG&E
noted that DOE needs to reevaluate test procedures to determine the
performance of this equipment in the various climate zones. (PG&E, No.
13 at p. 116) EEI suggested
[[Page 31230]]
that the test procedure be updated to account for ambient conditions in
hot-dry and hot-humid climates. (EEI, No. 20 at p. 3) Proctor commented
that the temperature bins used for the rating calculation are not
representative of the hotter portions of the United States and provided
data representative of specific hot climates. Proctor also commented
that the ratings for dry climates should be based only on the sensible
capacities measured in the test, and suggested that the sensible
capacities and latent capacities, as well as the appropriate watt
draws, be measured in the existing 115 [deg]F test. Further, the
results of that test should be used in conjunction with any
intermediate tests to establish the relationship between the energy
efficiency ratio (EER) and outdoor temperature. Proctor also suggested
that in defining regions, DOE start with examination of the existing
DOE climate map (currently used in the DOE Building Energy Codes
Program), which defines dry and humid regions of the United States.
(Proctor, No. 38 at pp. 1, 2) SCS also commented that measuring
performance at 115 [deg]F would allow the design of temperature bin
profiles that better reflect the actual climate of the desert
Southwest. SCS supports the concept of a regional rating that reflects
actual weather conditions, stating that for a ``hot-dry'' regional
standard, setting the performance rating at 115 [deg]F would be of
great value to consumers and would not put an unreasonable burden on
manufacturers. (SCS, No. 39 at p. 2) SCS stated, however, that it is
neutral at this time on whether a hot-humid regional standard should be
established, due to uncertainties about changes in test procedures,
future design options manufacturers could use to reach higher
efficiency, of the ability of local jurisdictions to limit use of
equipment with poor dehumidification performance, and changes in
consumer repair versus replacement or substitute behavior due to higher
standards. (SCS, No. 39 at pp. 2, 3, 4)
Regarding the comments that favor region-specific cooling mode
performance evaluations, DOE proposes changes that will allow the
calculation of a region-specific SEER. (10 CFR 430, subpart B, appendix
M, proposed section 2.2e and revised sections 3.2.1, 3.2.2.1, 3.2.3,
and 3.2.4) The calculation parameters that permit this proposed region-
specific SEER are the fractional bin hour distribution and the outdoor
design temperature. DOE proposes modifying the indoor wet bulb
temperature as part of additional required and optional testing. (10
CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix M, revised sections 3.2.1 (table 3A),
3.2.2.1 (table 4A), and 3.2.2 (table 5A)) These test procedure proposed
changes will complement efforts to evaluate the merit of a regional
standard for a cooling-dominated region with dry climate. DOE believes
that similar changes are not needed for cooling-dominated States with
humid climates. The current indoor side entering wet-bulb test
condition of 67 [deg]F, fractional bin-hour distribution, and outdoor
design temperature sufficiently represent the conditions for a humid
climate. Calculation of the SHR from such existing tests, however, is
proposed in today's NOPR to quantify the product's dehumidification
capabilities.
Section 306(a) of EISA amended section 325(o) of EPCA to require
that regions defined for the purposes of regional standards are
required to be composed of contiguous States. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(6)(C)(i)) In addition, individual States shall be placed only
into a single region. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(6)(C)(iii)) DOE is proposing
an alternative regional efficiency metric, a region-specific SEER
(SEER-HD) for a four-State region consisting of Arizona, California,
Nevada, and New Mexico. The proposed SEER-HD reflects equipment
performance in this region.
DOE does not endorse the recommendation to add testing at 115
[deg]F outdoor temperature. A linear fit of data collected from the
cooling mode tests at 82 [deg]F and 95 [deg]F can sufficiently estimate
capacity and power consumption at 105 [deg]F, 110 [deg]F, and even 115
[deg]F. Interested parties have not provided, and DOE has not
identified, examples where a SEER rating or the proposed region-
specific SEER was statistically different as a result of being
evaluated based on laboratory data at 115 [deg]F as opposed to 95
[deg]F.
In other related comments, ACEEE asked how DOE would capture and
evaluate the efficiency of continuous ventilation for regional
standards, as it is provided and used in a reasonable fraction of
houses. (ACEEE, No. 13 at p. 138) Sempra indicated that the test
protocols should be able to accommodate technologies other than air-
cooled expansion unitary equipment. Sempra also commented that DOE
should consider using the time value of energy in the new test
procedures. (Sempra, No. 13 at p. 121) WCEC contended that certain
changes in the test procedures could result in energy savings: (1) A
24-hour test protocol that can measure and characterize the energy and
peak demand implications of control and thermal storage technologies;
(2) a test protocol that provides different types of evaporative-cooled
equipment with directly comparable SEER ratings; and (3) a test
protocol that seriously addresses installation and performance-
longevity issues. (WCEC, No. 41 at p. 2) ACEEE stated that DOE could
use an alternative rating route to deal with enhanced dehumidification
products. (ACEEE, No. 13 at p. 154)
Regarding installation and performance longevity issues, DOE does
not have the authority to implement new performance metrics for
characterizing such features at this time. Presently, the only metrics
available for representing performance are SEER and HSPF. These are
seasonal performance metrics and are not useful for characterizing
installation issues, performance longevity, or quantifying performance
at peak demand.
DOE notes that while there may be value in defining a test
procedure that can provide consistent, comparable rating of alternative
cooling systems, including evaporative cooling technologies and
technologies incorporating thermal storage, such expansion of the test
procedure is beyond the scope of this rulemaking. This rulemaking seeks
to address changes mandated in EISA and otherwise improve upon coverage
of comparatively conventional air conditioners and heat pumps.
Determining additions and changes needed to allow testing and rating of
thermal storage technologies, for example, is a formidable task, one
that requires significant investigation. Such an investigation is
difficult to pursue until such equipment is readily available as a
commercial product.
9. Address Testing Inconsistencies for Ductless Mini- and Multi-Splits
Two interested parties commented that there are inconsistencies
within the central air conditioning test procedure for mini- and multi-
split systems. (MEUS, No. 13 at p. 21 and 22; Daikin, No. 28 at p. 6)
The proposed changes to items 1 through 3 of Appendix M, cover test
procedure changes addressing inconsistencies for ductless mini- and
multi-splits. In response to the comments, DOE proposes three changes
to the test procedure to address these inconsistencies: (1) Modify the
definition of tested combination for multi-split systems. DOE proposes
to use the term ``nominal cooling capacity'' within the definition of
``tested combination'' (proposed change to 10 CFR 430, subpart A,
section 430.2, Definitions, Tested Combination) and to simplify the
requirements for multi-split systems with cooling capacities of
[[Page 31231]]
24,000 Btu/h or lower; (2) add an alternative minimum static pressure
requirement for use when testing ducted multi-split systems (10 CFR
430, subpart B, appendix M, proposed table 2); (3) clarify within the
test procedure that optional testing may be conducted without
forfeiting the use of default values (10 CFR 430, subpart B, appendix
M, proposed section 3.6.4d).
10. Standby Power Consumption and Measurement
Interested parties submitted comments refuting the need to revise
the test procedure to consider standby power consumption when EISA does
not explicitly call for its revision, and noting that standby power
consumption is already addressed in the standard. (AHRI, No. 13 at p.
105; Sempra, No. 13 at p. 133; Energy Solutions, No. 13 at p. 108;
Emerson, No. 13 at p. 111) Some contended that the test procedure's
accounting of standby power consumption is adequate and does not
require modification. (Trane, No. 16 at p. 3; Carrier Corporation
(Carrier), No. 18 at p. 1; ASAP, No. 13 at p. 114; MEUS, No. 19 at p.
1; AHRI, No. 24 at p. 2). Trane and Carrier representatives both stated
that the standby power consumption calculation is already captured in
the degradation coefficient, CD calculation. (Trane, No. 16
at p. 3; Carrier, No. 18 at p. 1)
SEER reflects all modes of climate control energy consumption that
occur during the cooling season, as HSPF does for the heating season.
SEER does not capture the time that an air conditioner could be
energized but idle during the non-cooling season. Similarly, the
current test procedure does not capture energy consumed by a heat pump
during the non-cooling and non-heating seasons. These are the shoulder
seasons that occur between the cooling and heating seasons and can be
quantified by converting the cooling and heating load hours for any
location into actual hours. In each case, the actual site or region-
specific cooling and heating season hours always sum to less than
8,760. To calculate annual energy consumption or annual operating cost,
all 8,760 hours of the year must be accounted for. Until now, these
annual quantities have been based on energy consumption of fewer than
8,760 hours. The DOE test procedure must account for the idle mode
energy consumption of the air conditioner and heat pump during the
shoulder seasons and the idle mode energy consumption of an air
conditioner during the heating season.
Several interested parties commented that although the current
standard does address standby power consumption, standby and off mode
power need to be better defined. (Joint Comment, No. 25 at p. 6; CFM
Equipment Distributors, No. 13 at p. 129; Lennox, No. 13 at pp. 113,
134; Carrier, No. 13 at p. 113; the Unico System, No. 13 at p. 129;
Trane, No. 13 at pp. 130, 131, 136; PG&E, No. 13 at pp. 132, 137;
General Electric, No. 13 at p. 135; EEI, No. 20 at p. 5; ASAP, No. 13
at p. 132)
DOE concurs with the commenters. The definitions of standby and off
mode as provided in EPCA section 325(gg) were amended by section 310 of
EISA and are purposely generic so that they can apply to all covered
products. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(1)(A)(iii), (42 U.S.C.
6295(gg)(1)(A)(ii), respectively) EPCA section 325 allows DOE to
redefine these definitions, including off mode, as part of this
rulemaking. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(1)(B)) The proposed definition is as
follows:
The term ``off mode'' means:
(1) For air conditioners, all times during the non-cooling
season of an air conditioner. This mode includes the ``shoulder
seasons'' between the cooling and heating seasons when the unit
provides no cooling to the building and the entire heating season,
when the unit is idle. The air conditioner is assumed to be
connected to its main power source at all times during the off mode;
and
(2) For heat pumps, all times during the non-cooling and non-
heating seasons of a heat pump. This mode includes the ``shoulder
seasons'' between the cooling and heating seasons when the unit
provides neither heating nor cooling to the building. The heat pump
is assumed to be connected to its main power source at all times
during the off mode.
DOE requests comments on this proposed definition (10 CFR,
subpart B, appendix M, proposed section 1.48).
B. Summary of the Test Procedure Revisions
Today's proposed rule contains the following proposed changes to
the test procedure in 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix M.
1. Modify the Definition of ``Tested Combination'' for Residential
Multi-Split Systems
DOE procedures require testing a complete system, not just its
components. For multi-split systems, each model of outdoor unit may be
installed with numerous indoor unit combinations. Systems may differ in
the number of connected indoor units, their physical type (e.g., wall-
mounted versus ceiling cassette, ducted versus non-ducted), and
individual capacities.
As part of the October 2007 final rule, multi-split units with
rated cooling capacities less than 65,000 Btu/h were newly covered in
the DOE central air conditioner and heat pump test procedure. As part
of this coverage, manufacturers are required to test each model of a
multi-split outdoor unit with at least one set of non-ducted (and at
least one set of ducted, if applicable) indoor units. DOE placed limits
on the set of indoor units selected to meet this testing requirement
for each multi-split outdoor unit. These limits are prescribed in 10
CFR 430.2 definition for ``tested combination.'' During the previous
test procedure rulemaking, DOE refined the ``tested combination''
definition from the version published in the July 20, 2006 NOPR to the
version published in the October 2007 final rule. After implementing
the new test procedures, manufacturers of multi-split systems requested
additional changes.
In its May 27, 2008 letter to DOE, the Air-Conditioning, Heating,
and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) recommended three changes to the
``tested combination'' definition. First, AHRI supported changing
specific references to ``capacity'' and ``nominal capacity'' to
``nominal cooling capacity.'' AHRI argued that ``this correction is
necessary to clarify that the test procedures are based on the cooling
(rather than heating) capacity of the equipment and to recognize that
the nominal means the cooling capacity of the system at 95 [deg]F
ambient, 80/67 [deg]F indoor conditions.''
Second, AHRI requested that the requirement preventing the use of
an indoor unit having a nominal cooling capacity that exceeds 50
percent of the nominal cooling capacity of the outdoor unit be waived
for outdoor units with a nominal cooling capacity of 24,000 Btu/h or
lower. AHRI noted that it is not always possible to meet this
requirement, especially because of the additional DOE requirement that
the nominal cooling capacities of the indoor units, when summed, must
fall between 95 and 105 percent of the outdoor unit's nominal capacity.
AHRI gave the example of an outdoor unit rated for 20,000 Btu/h that is
designed to be used with indoor units having nominal capacities of
9,000 and 12,000 Btu/h. In this case, the only combination that meets
the 95 to 105 percent indoor-outdoor capacity criteria is where two
indoor units are used, one having a capacity of 12,000 Btu/h and one
having a capacity of 9,000 Btu/h. The current definition for tested
combination, however, does not allow this combination because the
12,000 Btu/h indoor unit exceeds the 50 percent limit on the capacity
of the indoor unit to the capacity of the outdoor unit.
AHRI's final suggested change pertains to multi-split systems with
nominal capacities greater than 150,000
[[Page 31232]]
Btu/h. The current limit of five indoor units to complete the system is
often insufficient for the required 95 to 105 percent match with the
outdoor unit. As AHRI stated in its letter, AHRI recognizes that ``this
capacity is beyond the cooling capacity limit of 65,000 Btu/h * * * but
many manufacturers have been granted waivers in which this tested
combination definition applies.''
DOE concurs with two of the three changes AHRI requested. DOE
proposes to adopt the wording ``nominal cooling capacity'' within the
definition of ``tested combination.'' (10 CFR 430.2) DOE will also
waive the restriction that no indoor unit shall have a nominal cooling
capacity exceeding 50 percent of the outdoor unit's nominal cooling
capacity for multi-split systems having a nominal cooling capacity of
24,000 Btu/h or less. (10 CFR 430.2(2)(iii)) Additionally, DOE proposes
to modify the definition for ``tested combination'' to indicate that
the allowed range for the indoor to outdoor capacity percentages is 95
to 105 percent, inclusive. (10 CFR 430.2(2)(ii) The current wording
calls for the match to be ``between'' (i.e., not ``including'') these
bounds. Especially with the above switch to using ``nominal cooling
capacity,'' specifying a set of indoor units that yields an indoor to
outdoor capacity percentage of either 95 or 105 percent increases
should be allowed.
With regard to the third change requested by AHRI, DOE will not
establish a different limit on the number of indoor units used when
testing multi-split systems with nominal capacities greater than
150,000 Btu/h because these systems are outside the scope of this
residential test procedure rulemaking.
2. Add Alternative Minimum External Static Pressure Requirements for
Testing Ducted Multi-Split Systems
Since the inception of DOE central air conditioner and heat pump
test procedures, the majority of covered products have used a single
indoor unit designed to work with a multi-branch duct system to
distribute air within a building. This system imposes an additional
load (quantified as external static pressure (ESP)) on the indoor
blower as it distributes and returns air to and from the conditioned
space.
When a system is laboratory tested according to the DOE test
procedure, airflow resistance imposed on the blower by external
attachments is measured when the indoor blower and the laboratory's
airflow measurement apparatus maintain the manufacturer-specified air
volume rate. To constitute a valid setup for ducted indoor units, this
external resistance measurement must equal or exceed a value--the
minimum ESP expressed in wc--specified in the DOE test procedure. The
minimum ESP value depends on one of three minimum rated cooling
capacities of the tested system: 0.1 in wc for units up to 28,800 Btu/
h, 0.15 in wc for units between 29,000 and 42,500 Btu/h, and 0.2 in wc
for units 43,000 Btu/h and above. These minimums were adopted from
industry standards that were in place when the test procedure was
developed and that have remained unchanged.
The majority of multi-split systems use non-ducted indoor units. In
laboratory testing following the DOE test procedure, these free
discharge units are tested with an ESP of 0 in wc. Multi-splits are
also offered where one or more of the indoor units is ducted. Compared
with conventional ducted units, indoor unit ducting for multi-splits is
shorter and used on the return or supply, or both.
In its May 27, 2008 letter, AHRI stated that ``many ductless
manufacturers have `ducted' indoor units that are intended for a
minimum (less than a few feet) or no duct runs and as a result have a
rated external static pressure capability of less than 0.1 ESP and
usually around 0.02 ESP.'' AHRI recommended a mechanism and language
for addressing this issue in the DOE test procedure. Specifically, AHRI
suggested that DOE amend its test procedure by adding the following
footnote to Table 2 of Appendix M (shown as Table III.1 below): ``If
the manufacturer's rated external static pressure is less than 0.10 in
wc (25 Pascals (Pa)), then the indoor unit should be tested at that
rated external static pressure.''
Table III.1--Minimum External Static Pressure for Ducted Systems Tested With an Indoor Fan Installed *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum External Resistance [dagger] in wc
-------------------------------------------------
Rated cooling or heating capacity ** Btu/h